blob: acf5e0bbc9af01f4e6502314f4a7d9caf48de042 [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements the ASTContext interface.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +000015#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Steve Naroff980e5082007-10-01 19:00:59 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +000019#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000020#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7b903402010-10-24 17:26:36 +000023#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
Anders Carlsson19cc4ab2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000024#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Peter Collingbourne14110472011-01-13 18:57:25 +000025#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h"
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +000026#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Chris Lattnera9376d42009-03-28 03:45:20 +000027#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000028#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000029#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +000030#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +000031#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000032#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Ted Kremenek0c8cd1a2011-07-27 18:41:12 +000033#include "llvm/Support/Capacity.h"
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +000034#include "CXXABI.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +000035#include <map>
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +000036
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000037using namespace clang;
38
Douglas Gregor18274032010-07-03 00:47:00 +000039unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors;
40unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor22584312010-07-02 23:41:54 +000041unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors;
42unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared;
Sean Huntffe37fd2011-05-25 20:50:04 +000043unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructors;
44unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +000045unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators;
46unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
Sean Huntffe37fd2011-05-25 20:50:04 +000047unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators;
48unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +000049unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors;
50unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared;
51
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000052enum FloatingRank {
Anton Korobeynikovaa4a99b2011-10-14 23:23:15 +000053 HalfRank, FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000054};
55
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +000056void
57ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
58 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) {
59 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth());
60 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition());
Douglas Gregor61c4d282011-01-05 15:48:55 +000061 ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack());
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +000062
63 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters();
64 ID.AddInteger(Params->size());
65 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
66 PEnd = Params->end();
67 P != PEnd; ++P) {
68 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) {
69 ID.AddInteger(0);
70 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack());
71 continue;
72 }
73
74 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
75 ID.AddInteger(1);
Douglas Gregor61c4d282011-01-05 15:48:55 +000076 ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack());
Eli Friedman9e9c4542012-03-07 01:09:33 +000077 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr());
Douglas Gregor6952f1e2011-01-19 20:10:05 +000078 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) {
79 ID.AddBoolean(true);
80 ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes());
Eli Friedman9e9c4542012-03-07 01:09:33 +000081 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) {
82 QualType T = NTTP->getExpansionType(I);
83 ID.AddPointer(T.getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr());
84 }
Douglas Gregor6952f1e2011-01-19 20:10:05 +000085 } else
86 ID.AddBoolean(false);
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +000087 continue;
88 }
89
90 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P);
91 ID.AddInteger(2);
92 Profile(ID, TTP);
93 }
94}
95
96TemplateTemplateParmDecl *
97ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +000098 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const {
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +000099 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter.
100 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
101 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP);
102 void *InsertPos = 0;
103 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical
104 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
105 if (Canonical)
106 return Canonical->getParam();
107
108 // Build a canonical template parameter list.
109 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters();
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000110 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams;
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000111 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size());
112 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
113 PEnd = Params->end();
114 P != PEnd; ++P) {
115 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P))
116 CanonParams.push_back(
117 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnara344577e2011-03-06 15:48:19 +0000118 SourceLocation(),
119 SourceLocation(),
120 TTP->getDepth(),
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000121 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false,
122 TTP->isParameterPack()));
123 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP
Douglas Gregor6952f1e2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000124 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
125 QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType());
126 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
127 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param;
128 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) {
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000129 SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes;
130 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos;
Douglas Gregor6952f1e2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000131 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) {
132 ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I)));
133 ExpandedTInfos.push_back(
134 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back()));
135 }
136
137 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +0000138 SourceLocation(),
139 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor6952f1e2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000140 NTTP->getDepth(),
141 NTTP->getPosition(), 0,
142 T,
143 TInfo,
144 ExpandedTypes.data(),
145 ExpandedTypes.size(),
146 ExpandedTInfos.data());
147 } else {
148 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +0000149 SourceLocation(),
150 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor6952f1e2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000151 NTTP->getDepth(),
152 NTTP->getPosition(), 0,
153 T,
154 NTTP->isParameterPack(),
155 TInfo);
156 }
157 CanonParams.push_back(Param);
158
159 } else
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000160 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
161 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P)));
162 }
163
164 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP
165 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
166 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(),
Douglas Gregor61c4d282011-01-05 15:48:55 +0000167 TTP->getPosition(),
168 TTP->isParameterPack(),
169 0,
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000170 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(),
171 SourceLocation(),
172 CanonParams.data(),
173 CanonParams.size(),
174 SourceLocation()));
175
176 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
177 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
178 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!");
179 (void)Canonical;
180
181 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry.
182 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP);
183 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos);
184 return CanonTTP;
185}
186
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000187CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) {
John McCallee79a4c2010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000188 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0;
189
Charles Davis20cf7172010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000190 switch (T.getCXXABI()) {
John McCallee79a4c2010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000191 case CXXABI_ARM:
192 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this);
193 case CXXABI_Itanium:
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000194 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this);
Charles Davis20cf7172010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000195 case CXXABI_Microsoft:
196 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this);
197 }
David Blaikie7530c032012-01-17 06:56:22 +0000198 llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXXABI type!");
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000199}
200
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000201static const LangAS::Map *getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T,
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000202 const LangOptions &LOpts) {
203 if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) {
204 // The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each
205 // language-specific address space.
206 static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = {
207 1, // opencl_global
208 2, // opencl_local
209 3 // opencl_constant
210 };
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000211 return &FakeAddrSpaceMap;
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000212 } else {
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000213 return &T.getAddressSpaceMap();
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000214 }
215}
216
Douglas Gregor3e3cd932011-09-01 20:23:19 +0000217ASTContext::ASTContext(LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM,
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000218 const TargetInfo *t,
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000219 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels,
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +0000220 Builtin::Context &builtins,
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000221 unsigned size_reserve,
222 bool DelayInitialization)
223 : FunctionProtoTypes(this_()),
224 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
225 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
226 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks(this_()),
227 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0),
228 Int128Decl(0), UInt128Decl(0),
Douglas Gregora6ea10e2012-01-17 18:09:05 +0000229 ObjCIdDecl(0), ObjCSelDecl(0), ObjCClassDecl(0), ObjCProtocolClassDecl(0),
Douglas Gregore97179c2011-09-08 01:46:34 +0000230 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), ObjCInstanceTypeDecl(0),
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000231 FILEDecl(0),
Rafael Espindolae2d4f4e2011-11-13 21:51:09 +0000232 jmp_bufDecl(0), sigjmp_bufDecl(0), ucontext_tDecl(0),
233 BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0),
234 cudaConfigureCallDecl(0),
Douglas Gregore6649772011-12-03 00:30:27 +0000235 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()),
236 FirstLocalImport(), LastLocalImport(),
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000237 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts),
Douglas Gregor30c42402011-09-27 22:38:19 +0000238 AddrSpaceMap(0), Target(t), PrintingPolicy(LOpts),
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000239 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels),
240 BuiltinInfo(builtins),
241 DeclarationNames(*this),
Douglas Gregor30c42402011-09-27 22:38:19 +0000242 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0),
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000243 LastSDM(0, 0),
244 UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0)
245{
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000246 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve);
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000247 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this);
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000248
249 if (!DelayInitialization) {
250 assert(t && "No target supplied for ASTContext initialization");
251 InitBuiltinTypes(*t);
252 }
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000253}
254
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000255ASTContext::~ASTContext() {
Ted Kremenek3478eb62010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000256 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects.
257 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution?
258 ReleaseDeclContextMaps();
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000259
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000260 // Call all of the deallocation functions.
261 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I)
262 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second);
Douglas Gregor00545312010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000263
Ted Kremenekdcfcfbe2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000264 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000265 // because they can contain DenseMaps.
266 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*,
267 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
268 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; )
269 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
270 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
271 R->Destroy(*this);
272
Ted Kremenekdcfcfbe2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000273 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
274 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
275 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
276 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
277 R->Destroy(*this);
278 }
Douglas Gregor63200642010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000279
280 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(),
281 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end();
282 A != AEnd; ++A)
283 A->second->~AttrVec();
284}
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000285
Douglas Gregor00545312010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000286void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) {
287 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data));
288}
289
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000290void
Dylan Noblesmith6f42b622012-02-05 02:12:40 +0000291ASTContext::setExternalSource(OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) {
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000292 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take());
293}
294
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000295void ASTContext::PrintStats() const {
Chandler Carruthcd92a652011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000296 llvm::errs() << "\n*** AST Context Stats:\n";
297 llvm::errs() << " " << Types.size() << " types total.\n";
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000298
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000299 unsigned counts[] = {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000300#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0,
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000301#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
302#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
303 0 // Extra
304 };
Douglas Gregorc2ee10d2009-04-07 17:20:56 +0000305
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000306 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) {
307 Type *T = Types[i];
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000308 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000309 }
310
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000311 unsigned Idx = 0;
312 unsigned TotalBytes = 0;
313#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \
314 if (counts[Idx]) \
Chandler Carruthcd92a652011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000315 llvm::errs() << " " << counts[Idx] << " " << #Name \
316 << " types\n"; \
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000317 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \
318 ++Idx;
319#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
320#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000321
Chandler Carruthcd92a652011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000322 llvm::errs() << "Total bytes = " << TotalBytes << "\n";
323
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000324 // Implicit special member functions.
Chandler Carruthcd92a652011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000325 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared << "/"
326 << NumImplicitDefaultConstructors
327 << " implicit default constructors created\n";
328 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared << "/"
329 << NumImplicitCopyConstructors
330 << " implicit copy constructors created\n";
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000331 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Chandler Carruthcd92a652011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000332 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared << "/"
333 << NumImplicitMoveConstructors
334 << " implicit move constructors created\n";
335 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/"
336 << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators
337 << " implicit copy assignment operators created\n";
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000338 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Chandler Carruthcd92a652011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000339 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/"
340 << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators
341 << " implicit move assignment operators created\n";
342 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared << "/"
343 << NumImplicitDestructors
344 << " implicit destructors created\n";
345
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000346 if (ExternalSource.get()) {
Chandler Carruthcd92a652011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000347 llvm::errs() << "\n";
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000348 ExternalSource->PrintStats();
349 }
Chandler Carruthcd92a652011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000350
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000351 BumpAlloc.PrintStats();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000352}
353
Douglas Gregor772eeae2011-08-12 06:49:56 +0000354TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getInt128Decl() const {
355 if (!Int128Decl) {
356 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Int128Ty);
357 Int128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
358 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
359 SourceLocation(),
360 SourceLocation(),
361 &Idents.get("__int128_t"),
362 TInfo);
363 }
364
365 return Int128Decl;
366}
367
368TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getUInt128Decl() const {
369 if (!UInt128Decl) {
370 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnsignedInt128Ty);
371 UInt128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
372 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
373 SourceLocation(),
374 SourceLocation(),
375 &Idents.get("__uint128_t"),
376 TInfo);
377 }
378
379 return UInt128Decl;
380}
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000381
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000382void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000383 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K);
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000384 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0));
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000385 Types.push_back(Ty);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000386}
387
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000388void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes(const TargetInfo &Target) {
389 assert((!this->Target || this->Target == &Target) &&
390 "Incorrect target reinitialization");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000391 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000392
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000393 this->Target = &Target;
394
395 ABI.reset(createCXXABI(Target));
396 AddrSpaceMap = getAddressSpaceMap(Target, LangOpts);
397
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000398 // C99 6.2.5p19.
399 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000400
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000401 // C99 6.2.5p2.
402 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool);
403 // C99 6.2.5p3.
Eli Friedman15b91762009-06-05 07:05:05 +0000404 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000405 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S);
406 else
407 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U);
408 // C99 6.2.5p4.
409 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar);
410 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short);
411 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int);
412 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long);
413 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000414
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000415 // C99 6.2.5p6.
416 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar);
417 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort);
418 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt);
419 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong);
420 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000421
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000422 // C99 6.2.5p10.
423 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float);
424 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double);
425 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000426
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +0000427 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers.
428 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128);
429 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128);
430
Chris Lattner3f59c972010-12-25 23:25:43 +0000431 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { // C++ 3.9.1p5
Eli Friedmand3d77cd2011-04-30 19:24:24 +0000432 if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType()))
Chris Lattner3f59c972010-12-25 23:25:43 +0000433 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S);
434 else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned.
435 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U);
436 } else // C99
Chris Lattner3a250322009-02-26 23:43:47 +0000437 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000438
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000439 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
440 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16);
441 else // C99
442 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type());
443
444 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
445 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32);
446 else // C99
447 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type());
448
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000449 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is
450 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against
451 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to
452 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent
453 // expressions.
454 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000455
John McCall2a984ca2010-10-12 00:20:44 +0000456 // Placeholder type for functions.
457 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload);
458
John McCall864c0412011-04-26 20:42:42 +0000459 // Placeholder type for bound members.
460 InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy, BuiltinType::BoundMember);
461
John McCall3c3b7f92011-10-25 17:37:35 +0000462 // Placeholder type for pseudo-objects.
463 InitBuiltinType(PseudoObjectTy, BuiltinType::PseudoObject);
464
John McCall1de4d4e2011-04-07 08:22:57 +0000465 // "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients.
466 InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy, BuiltinType::UnknownAny);
467
John McCall0ddaeb92011-10-17 18:09:15 +0000468 // Placeholder type for unbridged ARC casts.
469 InitBuiltinType(ARCUnbridgedCastTy, BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast);
470
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000471 // C99 6.2.5p11.
472 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy);
473 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy);
474 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000475
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +0000476 BuiltinVaListType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000477
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000478 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'.
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000479 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId);
480 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000481 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
Ted Kremenekebcb57a2012-03-06 20:05:56 +0000482
483 // Builtin type for __objc_yes and __objc_no
484 ObjCBuiltinBoolTy = SignedCharTy;
485
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000486 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000487
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000488 // void * type
489 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000490
491 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7)
492 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr);
Anton Korobeynikovaa4a99b2011-10-14 23:23:15 +0000493
494 // half type (OpenCL 6.1.1.1) / ARM NEON __fp16
495 InitBuiltinType(HalfTy, BuiltinType::Half);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000496}
497
David Blaikied6471f72011-09-25 23:23:43 +0000498DiagnosticsEngine &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis78a916e2010-09-22 14:32:24 +0000499 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics();
500}
501
Douglas Gregor63200642010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000502AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
503 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D];
504 if (!Result) {
505 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec));
506 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec;
507 }
508
509 return *Result;
510}
511
512/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration.
513void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
514 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D);
515 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) {
516 Pos->second->~AttrVec();
517 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos);
518 }
519}
520
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000521MemberSpecializationInfo *
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000522ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000523 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000524 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000525 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var);
526 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end())
527 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000528
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000529 return Pos->second;
530}
531
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000532void
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000533ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9421adc2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000534 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
535 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000536 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
537 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
538 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] &&
539 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from");
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000540 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst]
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9421adc2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000541 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000542}
543
Francois Pichetaf0f4d02011-08-14 03:52:19 +0000544FunctionDecl *ASTContext::getClassScopeSpecializationPattern(
545 const FunctionDecl *FD){
546 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0");
547 llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
Francois Pichet0d95f0d2011-08-14 14:28:49 +0000548 = ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.find(FD);
549 if (Pos == ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.end())
Francois Pichetaf0f4d02011-08-14 03:52:19 +0000550 return 0;
551
552 return Pos->second;
553}
554
555void ASTContext::setClassScopeSpecializationPattern(FunctionDecl *FD,
556 FunctionDecl *Pattern) {
557 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0");
558 assert(Pattern && "Class scope specialization pattern is 0");
Francois Pichet0d95f0d2011-08-14 14:28:49 +0000559 ClassScopeSpecializationPattern[FD] = Pattern;
Francois Pichetaf0f4d02011-08-14 03:52:19 +0000560}
561
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000562NamedDecl *
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000563ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) {
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000564 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000565 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD);
566 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end())
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000567 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000568
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000569 return Pos->second;
570}
571
572void
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000573ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) {
574 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) ||
575 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) ||
576 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) &&
577 "pattern decl is not a using decl");
578 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
579 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
580}
581
582UsingShadowDecl *
583ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) {
584 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos
585 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst);
586 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end())
587 return 0;
588
589 return Pos->second;
590}
591
592void
593ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst,
594 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) {
595 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
596 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000597}
598
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000599FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) {
600 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos
601 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field);
602 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end())
603 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000604
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000605 return Pos->second;
606}
607
608void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst,
609 FieldDecl *Tmpl) {
610 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed");
611 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed");
612 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] &&
613 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000614
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000615 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl;
616}
617
Fariborz Jahanian14d56ef2011-04-27 17:14:21 +0000618bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
619 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
620 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() &&
Richard Smitha6b8b2c2011-10-10 18:28:20 +0000621 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0);
Fariborz Jahanian14d56ef2011-04-27 17:14:21 +0000622}
623
Fariborz Jahanian340fa242011-05-02 17:20:56 +0000624bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
625 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
626 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
Richard Smitha6b8b2c2011-10-10 18:28:20 +0000627 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0 &&
628 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this) != 0);
Fariborz Jahanian340fa242011-05-02 17:20:56 +0000629}
630
Fariborz Jahanian9b3acaa2011-05-04 18:51:37 +0000631bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
632 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
633 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
Richard Smitha6b8b2c2011-10-10 18:28:20 +0000634 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) &&
635 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this));
Fariborz Jahanian9b3acaa2011-05-04 18:51:37 +0000636}
637
Chad Rosierdd7fddb2011-08-04 23:34:15 +0000638bool ASTContext::NonBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian52bbe7a2011-05-06 21:56:12 +0000639 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
640 return (!FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
Richard Smitha6b8b2c2011-10-10 18:28:20 +0000641 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this));
Fariborz Jahanian52bbe7a2011-05-06 21:56:12 +0000642}
643
Chad Rosierdd7fddb2011-08-04 23:34:15 +0000644bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian52bbe7a2011-05-06 21:56:12 +0000645 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
646 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() &&
Richard Smitha6b8b2c2011-10-10 18:28:20 +0000647 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this));
Fariborz Jahanian52bbe7a2011-05-06 21:56:12 +0000648}
649
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000650ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
651ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
652 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
653 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
654 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
655 return 0;
656
657 return Pos->second.begin();
658}
659
660ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
661ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
662 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
663 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
664 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
665 return 0;
666
667 return Pos->second.end();
668}
669
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc91e9f42010-07-04 21:44:35 +0000670unsigned
671ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
672 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
673 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
674 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
675 return 0;
676
677 return Pos->second.size();
678}
679
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000680void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method,
681 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) {
682 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden);
683}
684
Douglas Gregore6649772011-12-03 00:30:27 +0000685void ASTContext::addedLocalImportDecl(ImportDecl *Import) {
686 assert(!Import->NextLocalImport && "Import declaration already in the chain");
687 assert(!Import->isFromASTFile() && "Non-local import declaration");
688 if (!FirstLocalImport) {
689 FirstLocalImport = Import;
690 LastLocalImport = Import;
691 return;
692 }
693
694 LastLocalImport->NextLocalImport = Import;
695 LastLocalImport = Import;
696}
697
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000698//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
699// Type Sizing and Analysis
700//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000701
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000702/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified
703/// scalar floating point type.
704const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000705 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000706 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!");
707 switch (BT->getKind()) {
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +0000708 default: llvm_unreachable("Not a floating point type!");
Anton Korobeynikovaa4a99b2011-10-14 23:23:15 +0000709 case BuiltinType::Half: return Target->getHalfFormat();
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000710 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target->getFloatFormat();
711 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target->getDoubleFormat();
712 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target->getLongDoubleFormat();
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000713 }
714}
715
Ken Dyck8b752f12010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000716/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000717/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so
718/// this method will assert on them.
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000719/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type
720/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen).
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000721CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) const {
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000722 unsigned Align = Target->getCharWidth();
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000723
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000724 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false;
725 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) {
726 Align = AlignFromAttr;
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000727
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000728 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment
729 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases
730 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified.
731 //
Peter Collingbourne82d0b0a2011-09-29 18:04:28 +0000732 // It is an error for alignas to decrease alignment, so we can
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000733 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it.
734 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) {
735 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
736 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
737 } else {
738 UseAlignAttrOnly = true;
739 }
740 }
Fariborz Jahanian78a7d7d2011-05-05 21:19:14 +0000741 else if (isa<FieldDecl>(D))
742 UseAlignAttrOnly =
743 D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
744 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000745
John McCallba4f5d52011-01-20 07:57:12 +0000746 // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything
747 // else about the declaration and its type.
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000748 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) {
John McCallba4f5d52011-01-20 07:57:12 +0000749 // do nothing
750
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000751 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000752 QualType T = VD->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000753 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000754 if (RefAsPointee)
755 T = RT->getPointeeType();
756 else
757 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType());
758 }
759 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) {
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +0000760 // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the
761 // large-array alignment on the target.
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000762 unsigned MinWidth = Target->getLargeArrayMinWidth();
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +0000763 const ArrayType *arrayType;
764 if (MinWidth && (arrayType = getAsArrayType(T))) {
765 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType))
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000766 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign());
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +0000767 else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) &&
768 MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType)))
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000769 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign());
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000770
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +0000771 // Walk through any array types while we're at it.
772 T = getBaseElementType(arrayType);
773 }
Chad Rosier9f1210c2011-07-26 07:03:04 +0000774 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr()));
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000775 }
John McCallba4f5d52011-01-20 07:57:12 +0000776
777 // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if
778 // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a
779 // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate
780 // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then
781 // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type.
782 if (const FieldDecl *field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) {
783 // So calculate the alignment of the field.
784 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(field->getParent());
785
786 // Start with the record's overall alignment.
Ken Dyckdac54c12011-02-15 02:32:40 +0000787 unsigned fieldAlign = toBits(layout.getAlignment());
John McCallba4f5d52011-01-20 07:57:12 +0000788
789 // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record.
790 uint64_t offset = layout.getFieldOffset(field->getFieldIndex());
791 if (offset > 0) {
792 // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2,
793 // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's.
794 uint64_t lowBitOfOffset = offset & (~offset + 1);
795 if (lowBitOfOffset < fieldAlign)
796 fieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(lowBitOfOffset);
797 }
798
799 Align = std::min(Align, fieldAlign);
Charles Davis05f62472010-02-23 04:52:00 +0000800 }
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000801 }
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000802
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +0000803 return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align);
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000804}
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000805
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000806std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
Ken Dyckbee5a792011-02-20 01:55:18 +0000807ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const {
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000808 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T);
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +0000809 return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.first),
810 toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.second));
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000811}
812
813std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
Ken Dyckbee5a792011-02-20 01:55:18 +0000814ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const {
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000815 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr());
816}
817
Daniel Dunbarbc5419a2012-03-09 04:12:54 +0000818std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const {
819 TypeInfoMap::iterator it = MemoizedTypeInfo.find(T);
820 if (it != MemoizedTypeInfo.end())
821 return it->second;
822
823 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfoImpl(T);
824 MemoizedTypeInfo.insert(std::make_pair(T, Info));
825 return Info;
826}
827
828/// getTypeInfoImpl - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This
829/// method does not work on incomplete types.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000830///
831/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and
832/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this
833/// should take a QualType, &c.
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000834std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned>
Daniel Dunbarbc5419a2012-03-09 04:12:54 +0000835ASTContext::getTypeInfoImpl(const Type *T) const {
Mike Stump5e301002009-02-27 18:32:39 +0000836 uint64_t Width=0;
837 unsigned Align=8;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000838 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000839#define TYPE(Class, Base)
840#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000841#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000842#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
843#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
John McCalld3d49bb2011-06-28 16:49:23 +0000844 llvm_unreachable("Should not see dependent types");
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000845
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000846 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
847 case Type::FunctionProto:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000848 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits
849 Width = 0;
850 Align = 32;
851 break;
852
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000853 case Type::IncompleteArray:
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000854 case Type::VariableArray:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000855 Width = 0;
856 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType());
857 break;
858
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000859 case Type::ConstantArray: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000860 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000861
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000862 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType());
Abramo Bagnarafea966a2011-12-13 11:23:52 +0000863 uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Daniel Dunbarbc5419a2012-03-09 04:12:54 +0000864 assert((Size == 0 || EltInfo.first <= (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) &&
865 "Overflow in array type bit size evaluation");
Abramo Bagnarafea966a2011-12-13 11:23:52 +0000866 Width = EltInfo.first*Size;
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000867 Align = EltInfo.second;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscd88b412011-04-26 21:05:39 +0000868 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000869 break;
Christopher Lamb5c09a022007-12-29 05:10:55 +0000870 }
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +0000871 case Type::ExtVector:
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000872 case Type::Vector: {
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000873 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T);
874 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType());
875 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements();
Eli Friedman4bd998b2008-05-30 09:31:38 +0000876 Align = Width;
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +0000877 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2.
878 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors.
Dan Gohman8eefcd32010-04-21 23:32:43 +0000879 if (Align & (Align-1)) {
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000880 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align);
881 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
882 }
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000883 break;
884 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000885
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000886 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000887 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +0000888 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type!");
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000889 case BuiltinType::Void:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000890 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits.
891 Width = 0;
892 Align = 8;
893 break;
894
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000895 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000896 Width = Target->getBoolWidth();
897 Align = Target->getBoolAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000898 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000899 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
900 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
901 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000902 case BuiltinType::SChar:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000903 Width = Target->getCharWidth();
904 Align = Target->getCharAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000905 break;
Chris Lattner3f59c972010-12-25 23:25:43 +0000906 case BuiltinType::WChar_S:
907 case BuiltinType::WChar_U:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000908 Width = Target->getWCharWidth();
909 Align = Target->getWCharAlign();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000910 break;
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000911 case BuiltinType::Char16:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000912 Width = Target->getChar16Width();
913 Align = Target->getChar16Align();
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000914 break;
915 case BuiltinType::Char32:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000916 Width = Target->getChar32Width();
917 Align = Target->getChar32Align();
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000918 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000919 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000920 case BuiltinType::Short:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000921 Width = Target->getShortWidth();
922 Align = Target->getShortAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000923 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000924 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000925 case BuiltinType::Int:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000926 Width = Target->getIntWidth();
927 Align = Target->getIntAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000928 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000929 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000930 case BuiltinType::Long:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000931 Width = Target->getLongWidth();
932 Align = Target->getLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000933 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000934 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000935 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000936 Width = Target->getLongLongWidth();
937 Align = Target->getLongLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000938 break;
Chris Lattnerec16cb92009-04-30 02:55:13 +0000939 case BuiltinType::Int128:
940 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
941 Width = 128;
942 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets.
943 break;
Anton Korobeynikovaa4a99b2011-10-14 23:23:15 +0000944 case BuiltinType::Half:
945 Width = Target->getHalfWidth();
946 Align = Target->getHalfAlign();
947 break;
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000948 case BuiltinType::Float:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000949 Width = Target->getFloatWidth();
950 Align = Target->getFloatAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000951 break;
952 case BuiltinType::Double:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000953 Width = Target->getDoubleWidth();
954 Align = Target->getDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000955 break;
956 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000957 Width = Target->getLongDoubleWidth();
958 Align = Target->getLongDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000959 break;
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000960 case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000961 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t)
962 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*)
Sebastian Redl1590d9c2009-05-27 19:34:06 +0000963 break;
Fariborz Jahaniane04f5fc2010-08-02 18:03:20 +0000964 case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
965 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
966 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000967 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0);
968 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0);
Fariborz Jahaniane04f5fc2010-08-02 18:03:20 +0000969 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000970 }
Chris Lattnerbfef6d72007-07-15 23:46:53 +0000971 break;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +0000972 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000973 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0);
974 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0);
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000975 break;
Steve Naroff485eeff2008-09-24 15:05:44 +0000976 case Type::BlockPointer: {
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000977 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(
978 cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000979 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS);
980 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS);
Steve Naroff485eeff2008-09-24 15:05:44 +0000981 break;
982 }
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000983 case Type::LValueReference:
984 case Type::RValueReference: {
985 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go
986 // the pointer route.
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000987 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(
988 cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000989 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS);
990 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS);
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000991 break;
992 }
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000993 case Type::Pointer: {
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000994 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000995 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS);
996 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS);
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000997 break;
998 }
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000999 case Type::MemberPointer: {
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00001000 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001001 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo =
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +00001002 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType());
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00001003 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first * ABI->getMemberPointerSize(MPT);
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +00001004 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second;
1005 break;
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001006 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +00001007 case Type::Complex: {
1008 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the
1009 // size.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001010 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo =
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001011 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType());
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001012 Width = EltInfo.first*2;
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +00001013 Align = EltInfo.second;
1014 break;
1015 }
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00001016 case Type::ObjCObject:
1017 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr());
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001018 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +00001019 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T);
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001020 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl());
Ken Dyckdd76a9a2011-02-11 01:54:29 +00001021 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize());
Ken Dyckdac54c12011-02-15 02:32:40 +00001022 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment());
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001023 break;
1024 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001025 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001026 case Type::Enum: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +00001027 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T);
1028
1029 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) {
Douglas Gregor22ce41d2011-04-20 17:29:44 +00001030 Width = 8;
1031 Align = 8;
Chris Lattner8389eab2008-08-09 21:35:13 +00001032 break;
1033 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001034
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +00001035 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT))
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +00001036 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType());
1037
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +00001038 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT);
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +00001039 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
Ken Dyckdd76a9a2011-02-11 01:54:29 +00001040 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize());
Ken Dyckdac54c12011-02-15 02:32:40 +00001041 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment());
Chris Lattnerdc0d73e2007-07-23 22:46:22 +00001042 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001043 }
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001044
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +00001045 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001046 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)->
1047 getReplacementType().getTypePtr());
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001048
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +00001049 case Type::Auto: {
1050 const AutoType *A = cast<AutoType>(T);
1051 assert(A->isDeduced() && "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
Matt Beaumont-Gaydc856af2011-02-22 20:00:16 +00001052 return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr());
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +00001053 }
1054
Abramo Bagnara075f8f12010-12-10 16:29:40 +00001055 case Type::Paren:
1056 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr());
1057
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001058 case Type::Typedef: {
Richard Smith162e1c12011-04-15 14:24:37 +00001059 const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregordf1367a2010-08-27 00:11:28 +00001060 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info
1061 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
Chris Lattnerc1de52d2011-02-19 22:55:41 +00001062 // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed
1063 // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that
1064 // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation.
1065 if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment())
1066 Align = AttrAlign;
1067 else
1068 Align = Info.second;
Douglas Gregordf1367a2010-08-27 00:11:28 +00001069 Width = Info.first;
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001070 break;
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +00001071 }
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001072
1073 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
1074 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
1075 .getTypePtr());
1076
1077 case Type::TypeOf:
1078 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
1079
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00001080 case Type::Decltype:
1081 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
1082 .getTypePtr());
1083
Sean Huntca63c202011-05-24 22:41:36 +00001084 case Type::UnaryTransform:
1085 return getTypeInfo(cast<UnaryTransformType>(T)->getUnderlyingType());
1086
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00001087 case Type::Elaborated:
1088 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001089
John McCall9d156a72011-01-06 01:58:22 +00001090 case Type::Attributed:
1091 return getTypeInfo(
1092 cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr());
1093
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00001094 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001095 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T &&
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001096 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00001097 const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(T);
1098 // A type alias template specialization may refer to a typedef with the
1099 // aligned attribute on it.
1100 if (TST->isTypeAlias())
1101 return getTypeInfo(TST->getAliasedType().getTypePtr());
1102 else
1103 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T));
1104 }
1105
Eli Friedmanb001de72011-10-06 23:00:33 +00001106 case Type::Atomic: {
Eli Friedman2be46072011-10-14 20:59:01 +00001107 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info
1108 = getTypeInfo(cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType());
1109 Width = Info.first;
1110 Align = Info.second;
1111 if (Width != 0 && Width <= Target->getMaxAtomicPromoteWidth() &&
1112 llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width)) {
1113 // We can potentially perform lock-free atomic operations for this
1114 // type; promote the alignment appropriately.
1115 // FIXME: We could potentially promote the width here as well...
1116 // is that worthwhile? (Non-struct atomic types generally have
1117 // power-of-two size anyway, but structs might not. Requires a bit
1118 // of implementation work to make sure we zero out the extra bits.)
1119 Align = static_cast<unsigned>(Width);
1120 }
Eli Friedmanb001de72011-10-06 23:00:33 +00001121 }
1122
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001123 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001124
Eli Friedman2be46072011-10-14 20:59:01 +00001125 assert(llvm::isPowerOf2_32(Align) && "Alignment must be power of 2");
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001126 return std::make_pair(Width, Align);
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001127}
1128
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001129/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters.
1130CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const {
1131 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth());
1132}
1133
Ken Dyckdd76a9a2011-02-11 01:54:29 +00001134/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters.
1135int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const {
1136 return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth();
1137}
1138
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +00001139/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters.
1140/// This method does not work on incomplete types.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001141CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const {
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001142 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T));
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +00001143}
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001144CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const {
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001145 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T));
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +00001146}
1147
Ken Dyck16e20cc2010-01-26 17:25:18 +00001148/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in
Ken Dyck86fa4312010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001149/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001150CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const {
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001151 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T));
Ken Dyck86fa4312010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001152}
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001153CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const {
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001154 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T));
Ken Dyck86fa4312010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001155}
1156
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001157/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified
1158/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI
1159/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign
1160/// a data type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001161unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const {
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001162 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T);
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +00001163
1164 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001165 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +00001166 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
1167 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
Chad Rosiercde7a1d2012-03-21 20:20:47 +00001168 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) ||
1169 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong))
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +00001170 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T));
1171
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001172 return ABIAlign;
1173}
1174
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001175/// DeepCollectObjCIvars -
1176/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in
1177/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for
1178/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class
1179/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known.
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +00001180///
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001181void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
1182 bool leafClass,
Jordy Rosedb8264e2011-07-22 02:08:32 +00001183 SmallVectorImpl<const ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const {
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001184 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass())
1185 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars);
1186 if (!leafClass) {
1187 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
1188 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I)
Fariborz Jahanian11062e12010-02-19 00:31:17 +00001189 Ivars.push_back(*I);
Chad Rosier30601782011-08-17 23:08:45 +00001190 } else {
Fariborz Jahanianbf9eb882011-06-28 18:05:25 +00001191 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI);
Jordy Rosedb8264e2011-07-22 02:08:32 +00001192 for (const ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv;
Fariborz Jahanianbf9eb882011-06-28 18:05:25 +00001193 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar())
1194 Ivars.push_back(Iv);
1195 }
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +00001196}
1197
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001198/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and
1199/// those inherited by it.
1200void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00001201 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001202 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek53b94412010-09-01 01:21:15 +00001203 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of
1204 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories.
1205 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(),
1206 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001207 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Douglas Gregor3fc73ee2012-01-01 18:09:12 +00001208 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl());
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001209 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanianb2f81212010-02-25 18:24:33 +00001210 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
Douglas Gregor3fc73ee2012-01-01 18:09:12 +00001211 Protocols.insert((*P)->getCanonicalDecl());
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001212 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1213 }
Fariborz Jahanianb2f81212010-02-25 18:24:33 +00001214 }
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001215
1216 // Categories of this Interface.
1217 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDeclChain = OI->getCategoryList();
1218 CDeclChain; CDeclChain = CDeclChain->getNextClassCategory())
1219 CollectInheritedProtocols(CDeclChain, Protocols);
1220 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass())
1221 while (SD) {
1222 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols);
1223 SD = SD->getSuperClass();
1224 }
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001225 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek53b94412010-09-01 01:21:15 +00001226 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001227 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
1228 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Douglas Gregor3fc73ee2012-01-01 18:09:12 +00001229 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl());
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001230 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
1231 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
1232 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1233 }
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001234 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001235 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(),
1236 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
1237 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Douglas Gregor3fc73ee2012-01-01 18:09:12 +00001238 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl());
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001239 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
1240 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
1241 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1242 }
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001243 }
1244}
1245
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001246unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const {
Fariborz Jahanian3bfacdf2010-03-22 18:25:57 +00001247 unsigned count = 0;
1248 // Count ivars declared in class extension.
Fariborz Jahanian80aa1cd2010-06-22 23:20:40 +00001249 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = OI->getFirstClassExtension(); CDecl;
1250 CDecl = CDecl->getNextClassExtension())
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001251 count += CDecl->ivar_size();
1252
Fariborz Jahanian3bfacdf2010-03-22 18:25:57 +00001253 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This
1254 // includes synthesized ivars.
1255 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation())
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001256 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size();
1257
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +00001258 return count;
1259}
1260
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8deabc12012-02-03 05:58:16 +00001261bool ASTContext::isSentinelNullExpr(const Expr *E) {
1262 if (!E)
1263 return false;
1264
1265 // nullptr_t is always treated as null.
1266 if (E->getType()->isNullPtrType()) return true;
1267
1268 if (E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() &&
1269 E->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(*this,
1270 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))
1271 return true;
1272
1273 // Unfortunately, __null has type 'int'.
1274 if (isa<GNUNullExpr>(E)) return true;
1275
1276 return false;
1277}
1278
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8a1d7222009-07-21 00:05:53 +00001279/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists.
1280ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
1281 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
1282 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
1283 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
1284 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second);
1285 return 0;
1286}
1287/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists.
1288ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) {
1289 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
1290 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
1291 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
1292 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second);
1293 return 0;
1294}
1295
1296/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl.
1297void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD,
1298 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) {
1299 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1300 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD;
1301}
1302/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl.
1303void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
1304 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) {
1305 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1306 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD;
1307}
1308
Argyrios Kyrtzidis87ec9c22011-11-01 17:14:12 +00001309ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjContainingInterface(NamedDecl *ND) const {
1310 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()))
1311 return ID;
1312 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()))
1313 return CD->getClassInterface();
1314 if (ObjCImplDecl *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()))
1315 return IMD->getClassInterface();
1316
1317 return 0;
1318}
1319
Fariborz Jahanian1ceee5c2010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001320/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if
1321/// none exists.
Fariborz Jahanian830937b2010-12-02 17:02:11 +00001322Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) {
Fariborz Jahaniand016ec22010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001323 assert(VD && "Passed null params");
1324 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
1325 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
Fariborz Jahanian830937b2010-12-02 17:02:11 +00001326 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator
Fariborz Jahaniand016ec22010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001327 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD);
Fariborz Jahanian1ceee5c2010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001328 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0;
1329}
1330
1331/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl.
1332void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) {
1333 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params");
Fariborz Jahaniand016ec22010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001334 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
1335 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
Fariborz Jahanian1ceee5c2010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001336 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init;
1337}
1338
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001339/// \brief Allocate an uninitialized TypeSourceInfo.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001340///
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001341/// The caller should initialize the memory held by TypeSourceInfo using
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001342/// the TypeLoc wrappers.
1343///
1344/// \param T the type that will be the basis for type source info. This type
1345/// should refer to how the declarator was written in source code, not to
1346/// what type semantic analysis resolved the declarator to.
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001347TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001348 unsigned DataSize) const {
John McCall109de5e2009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001349 if (!DataSize)
1350 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T);
1351 else
1352 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) &&
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001353 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!");
John McCall109de5e2009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001354
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001355 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo =
1356 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8);
1357 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T);
1358 return TInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001359}
1360
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001361TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
Douglas Gregor6952f1e2011-01-19 20:10:05 +00001362 SourceLocation L) const {
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001363 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T);
Douglas Gregorc21c7e92011-01-25 19:13:18 +00001364 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L);
John McCalla4eb74d2009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001365 return DI;
1366}
1367
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001368const ASTRecordLayout &
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001369ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const {
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001370 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
1371}
1372
1373const ASTRecordLayout &
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001374ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout(
1375 const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const {
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001376 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D);
1377}
1378
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001379//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1380// Type creation/memoization methods
1381//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1382
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001383QualType
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001384ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const {
1385 unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers();
1386 quals.removeFastQualifiers();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001387
1388 // Check if we've already instantiated this type.
1389 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001390 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals);
1391 void *insertPos = 0;
1392 if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) {
1393 assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals);
1394 return QualType(eq, fastQuals);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001395 }
1396
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001397 // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type.
1398 QualType canon;
1399 if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
1400 SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split();
John McCall200fa532012-02-08 00:46:36 +00001401 canonSplit.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(quals);
1402 canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.Ty, canonSplit.Quals);
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001403
1404 // Re-find the insert position.
1405 (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
1406 }
1407
1408 ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals);
1409 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos);
1410 return QualType(eq, fastQuals);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001411}
1412
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001413QualType
1414ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001415 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1416 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace)
Chris Lattnerf46699c2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00001417 return T;
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001418
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001419 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1420 // into one ExtQuals node.
1421 QualifierCollector Quals;
1422 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001423
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001424 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get
1425 // another one.
1426 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() &&
1427 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!");
1428 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001429
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001430 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Christopher Lambebb97e92008-02-04 02:31:56 +00001431}
1432
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001433QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001434 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const {
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001435 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001436 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr)
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001437 return T;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001438
John McCall7f040a92010-12-24 02:08:15 +00001439 if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1440 QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00001441 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4027cd12009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001442 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr);
1443 return getPointerType(ResultType);
1444 }
1445 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001446
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001447 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1448 // into one ExtQuals node.
1449 QualifierCollector Quals;
1450 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001451
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001452 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get
1453 // another one.
1454 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() &&
1455 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!");
1456 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001457
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001458 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001459}
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001460
John McCalle6a365d2010-12-19 02:44:49 +00001461const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T,
1462 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) {
1463 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info)
1464 return T;
1465
1466 QualType Result;
1467 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) {
1468 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), Info);
1469 } else {
1470 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
1471 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
1472 EPI.ExtInfo = Info;
1473 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->arg_type_begin(),
1474 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
1475 }
1476
1477 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr());
1478}
1479
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001480/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex
1481/// number with the specified element type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001482QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001483 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1484 // structure.
1485 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1486 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001487
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001488 void *InsertPos = 0;
1489 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1490 return QualType(CT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001491
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001492 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1493 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1494 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001495 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001496 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001497
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001498 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1499 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001500 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001501 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001502 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001503 Types.push_back(New);
1504 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1505 return QualType(New, 0);
1506}
1507
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001508/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to
1509/// the specified type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001510QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001511 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1512 // structure.
1513 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1514 PointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001515
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001516 void *InsertPos = 0;
1517 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1518 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001519
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001520 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1521 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1522 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001523 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001524 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001525
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001526 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1527 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001528 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001529 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001530 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001531 Types.push_back(New);
1532 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1533 return QualType(New, 0);
1534}
1535
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001536/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001537/// a pointer to the specified block.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001538QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const {
Steve Naroff296e8d52008-08-28 19:20:44 +00001539 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only");
1540 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001541 // structure.
1542 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1543 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001544
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001545 void *InsertPos = 0;
1546 if (BlockPointerType *PT =
1547 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1548 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001549
1550 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001551 // type either so fill in the canonical type field.
1552 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001553 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001554 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001555
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001556 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1557 BlockPointerType *NewIP =
1558 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001559 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001560 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001561 BlockPointerType *New
1562 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical);
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001563 Types.push_back(New);
1564 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1565 return QualType(New, 0);
1566}
1567
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001568/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1569/// lvalue reference to the specified type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001570QualType
1571ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const {
Douglas Gregor9625e442011-05-21 22:16:50 +00001572 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != OverloadTy &&
1573 "Unresolved overloaded function type");
1574
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001575 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1576 // structure.
1577 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001578 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001579
1580 void *InsertPos = 0;
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001581 if (LValueReferenceType *RT =
1582 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001583 return QualType(RT, 0);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001584
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001585 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1586
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001587 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1588 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1589 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001590 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1591 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1592 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001593
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001594 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001595 LValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1596 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001597 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001598 }
1599
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001600 LValueReferenceType *New
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001601 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical,
1602 SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001603 Types.push_back(New);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001604 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001605
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001606 return QualType(New, 0);
1607}
1608
1609/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1610/// rvalue reference to the specified type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001611QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const {
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001612 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1613 // structure.
1614 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001615 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001616
1617 void *InsertPos = 0;
1618 if (RValueReferenceType *RT =
1619 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1620 return QualType(RT, 0);
1621
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001622 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1623
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001624 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1625 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1626 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001627 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1628 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1629 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001630
1631 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1632 RValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1633 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001634 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001635 }
1636
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001637 RValueReferenceType *New
1638 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001639 Types.push_back(New);
1640 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001641 return QualType(New, 0);
1642}
1643
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001644/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a
1645/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001646QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001647 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1648 // structure.
1649 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1650 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls);
1651
1652 void *InsertPos = 0;
1653 if (MemberPointerType *PT =
1654 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1655 return QualType(PT, 0);
1656
1657 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
1658 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1659 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor87c12c42009-11-04 16:49:01 +00001660 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001661 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls));
1662
1663 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1664 MemberPointerType *NewIP =
1665 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001666 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001667 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001668 MemberPointerType *New
1669 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical);
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001670 Types.push_back(New);
1671 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1672 return QualType(New, 0);
1673}
1674
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001675/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001676/// array of the specified element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001677QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy,
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001678 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001679 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001680 unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const {
Sebastian Redl923d56d2009-11-05 15:52:31 +00001681 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() ||
1682 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) &&
Eli Friedman587cbdf2009-05-29 20:17:55 +00001683 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!");
1684
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001685 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for
1686 // the target.
1687 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn);
Jay Foad9f71a8f2010-12-07 08:25:34 +00001688 ArySize =
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001689 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target->getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(EltTy)));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001690
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001691 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001692 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001693
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001694 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001695 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001696 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001697 return QualType(ATP, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001698
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001699 // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't
1700 // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1701 QualType Canon;
1702 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
1703 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split();
John McCall200fa532012-02-08 00:46:36 +00001704 Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), ArySize,
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001705 ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
John McCall200fa532012-02-08 00:46:36 +00001706 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals);
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001707
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001708 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001709 ConstantArrayType *NewIP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001710 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001711 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001712 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001713
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001714 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment)
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001715 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001716 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001717 Types.push_back(New);
1718 return QualType(New, 0);
1719}
1720
John McCallce889032011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001721/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be
1722/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known
1723/// sizes replaced with [*].
1724QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const {
1725 // Vastly most common case.
1726 if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type;
Fariborz Jahanian745da3a2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00001727
John McCallce889032011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001728 QualType result;
Fariborz Jahanian745da3a2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00001729
John McCallce889032011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001730 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType();
John McCall200fa532012-02-08 00:46:36 +00001731 const Type *ty = split.Ty;
John McCallce889032011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001732 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) {
1733#define TYPE(Class, Base)
1734#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
1735#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
1736#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
1737 llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?");
1738
1739 // These types should never be variably-modified.
1740 case Type::Builtin:
1741 case Type::Complex:
1742 case Type::Vector:
1743 case Type::ExtVector:
1744 case Type::DependentSizedExtVector:
1745 case Type::ObjCObject:
1746 case Type::ObjCInterface:
1747 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
1748 case Type::Record:
1749 case Type::Enum:
1750 case Type::UnresolvedUsing:
1751 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
1752 case Type::TypeOf:
1753 case Type::Decltype:
Sean Huntca63c202011-05-24 22:41:36 +00001754 case Type::UnaryTransform:
John McCallce889032011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001755 case Type::DependentName:
1756 case Type::InjectedClassName:
1757 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
1758 case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization:
1759 case Type::TemplateTypeParm:
1760 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack:
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +00001761 case Type::Auto:
John McCallce889032011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001762 case Type::PackExpansion:
1763 llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified");
1764
1765 // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to
1766 // further decay.
1767 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
1768 case Type::FunctionProto:
1769 case Type::BlockPointer:
1770 case Type::MemberPointer:
1771 return type;
1772
1773 // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications
1774 // preserve structure except as noted by comments.
1775 // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op
1776 // optimizations available here.
1777 case Type::Pointer:
1778 result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(
1779 cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType()));
1780 break;
1781
1782 case Type::LValueReference: {
1783 const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty);
1784 result = getLValueReferenceType(
1785 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()),
1786 lv->isSpelledAsLValue());
1787 break;
1788 }
1789
1790 case Type::RValueReference: {
1791 const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty);
1792 result = getRValueReferenceType(
1793 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()));
1794 break;
1795 }
1796
Eli Friedmanb001de72011-10-06 23:00:33 +00001797 case Type::Atomic: {
1798 const AtomicType *at = cast<AtomicType>(ty);
1799 result = getAtomicType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(at->getValueType()));
1800 break;
1801 }
1802
John McCallce889032011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001803 case Type::ConstantArray: {
1804 const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty);
1805 result = getConstantArrayType(
1806 getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()),
1807 cat->getSize(),
1808 cat->getSizeModifier(),
1809 cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
1810 break;
1811 }
1812
1813 case Type::DependentSizedArray: {
1814 const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty);
1815 result = getDependentSizedArrayType(
1816 getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()),
1817 dat->getSizeExpr(),
1818 dat->getSizeModifier(),
1819 dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
1820 dat->getBracketsRange());
1821 break;
1822 }
1823
1824 // Turn incomplete types into [*] types.
1825 case Type::IncompleteArray: {
1826 const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty);
1827 result = getVariableArrayType(
1828 getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()),
1829 /*size*/ 0,
1830 ArrayType::Normal,
1831 iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
1832 SourceRange());
1833 break;
1834 }
1835
1836 // Turn VLA types into [*] types.
1837 case Type::VariableArray: {
1838 const VariableArrayType *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty);
1839 result = getVariableArrayType(
1840 getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()),
1841 /*size*/ 0,
1842 ArrayType::Star,
1843 vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
1844 vat->getBracketsRange());
1845 break;
1846 }
1847 }
1848
1849 // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original.
John McCall200fa532012-02-08 00:46:36 +00001850 return getQualifiedType(result, split.Quals);
John McCallce889032011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001851}
Fariborz Jahanian745da3a2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00001852
Steve Naroffbdbf7b02007-08-30 18:14:25 +00001853/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a
1854/// variable array of the specified element type.
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001855QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1856 Expr *NumElts,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001857 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001858 unsigned IndexTypeQuals,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001859 SourceRange Brackets) const {
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001860 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's
1861 // that have an expression provided for their size.
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001862 QualType Canon;
Douglas Gregor715e9c82010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001863
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001864 // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type.
1865 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
1866 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split();
John McCall200fa532012-02-08 00:46:36 +00001867 Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), NumElts, ASM,
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001868 IndexTypeQuals, Brackets);
John McCall200fa532012-02-08 00:46:36 +00001869 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals);
Douglas Gregor715e9c82010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001870 }
1871
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001872 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001873 VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001874
1875 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New);
1876 Types.push_back(New);
1877 return QualType(New, 0);
1878}
1879
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001880/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to
1881/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001882/// type.
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001883QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType,
1884 Expr *numElements,
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001885 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001886 unsigned elementTypeQuals,
1887 SourceRange brackets) const {
1888 assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() ||
1889 numElements->isValueDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001890 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!");
1891
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001892 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number
1893 // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent
1894 // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay
1895 // because they can't be used in most locations.
1896 if (!numElements) {
1897 DependentSizedArrayType *newType
1898 = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1899 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(),
1900 numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals,
1901 brackets);
1902 Types.push_back(newType);
1903 return QualType(newType, 0);
1904 }
1905
1906 // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we
1907 // also build a canonical type.
1908
1909 SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split();
1910
1911 void *insertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001912 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001913 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this,
John McCall200fa532012-02-08 00:46:36 +00001914 QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0),
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001915 ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements);
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001916
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001917 // Look for an existing type with these properties.
1918 DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy =
1919 DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001920
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001921 // If we don't have one, build one.
1922 if (!canonTy) {
1923 canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
John McCall200fa532012-02-08 00:46:36 +00001924 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0),
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001925 QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals,
1926 brackets);
1927 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos);
1928 Types.push_back(canonTy);
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001929 }
1930
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001931 // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array.
1932 QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0),
John McCall200fa532012-02-08 00:46:36 +00001933 canonElementType.Quals);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001934
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001935 // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type,
1936 // then just use that as our result.
John McCall200fa532012-02-08 00:46:36 +00001937 if (QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0) == elementType)
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001938 return canon;
1939
1940 // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling
1941 // of the element type.
1942 DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType
1943 = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1944 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements,
1945 ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets);
1946 Types.push_back(sugaredType);
1947 return QualType(sugaredType, 0);
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001948}
1949
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001950QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType,
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001951 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001952 unsigned elementTypeQuals) const {
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001953 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001954 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001955
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001956 void *insertPos = 0;
1957 if (IncompleteArrayType *iat =
1958 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos))
1959 return QualType(iat, 0);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001960
1961 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001962 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull
1963 // qualifiers off the element type.
1964 QualType canon;
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001965
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001966 if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
1967 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split();
John McCall200fa532012-02-08 00:46:36 +00001968 canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0),
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001969 ASM, elementTypeQuals);
John McCall200fa532012-02-08 00:46:36 +00001970 canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.Quals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001971
1972 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001973 IncompleteArrayType *existing =
1974 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
1975 assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing;
Ted Kremenek2bd24ba2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001976 }
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001977
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001978 IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1979 IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001980
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001981 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos);
1982 Types.push_back(newType);
1983 return QualType(newType, 0);
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001984}
1985
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001986/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of
1987/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
John Thompson82287d12010-02-05 00:12:22 +00001988QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001989 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const {
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001990 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001991
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001992 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1993 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001994 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind);
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001995
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001996 void *InsertPos = 0;
1997 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1998 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1999
2000 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
2001 // so fill in the canonical type field.
2002 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00002003 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Bob Wilson231da7e2010-11-16 00:32:20 +00002004 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002005
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002006 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2007 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002008 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002009 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002010 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00002011 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002012 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2013 Types.push_back(New);
2014 return QualType(New, 0);
2015}
2016
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002017/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002018/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002019QualType
2020ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const {
Douglas Gregor4ac01402011-06-15 16:02:29 +00002021 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType() || vecType->isDependentType());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002022
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002023 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
2024 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00002025 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector,
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00002026 VectorType::GenericVector);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002027 void *InsertPos = 0;
2028 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2029 return QualType(VTP, 0);
2030
2031 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
2032 // so fill in the canonical type field.
2033 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002034 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002035 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002036
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002037 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2038 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002039 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002040 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002041 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2042 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002043 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2044 Types.push_back(New);
2045 return QualType(New, 0);
2046}
2047
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002048QualType
2049ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType,
2050 Expr *SizeExpr,
2051 SourceLocation AttrLoc) const {
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002052 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002053 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType),
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002054 SizeExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002055
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002056 void *InsertPos = 0;
2057 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon
2058 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2059 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New;
2060 if (Canon) {
2061 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
2062 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002063 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2064 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0),
2065 SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002066 } else {
2067 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType);
2068 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002069 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2070 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr,
2071 AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002072
2073 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck
2074 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2075 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken");
2076 (void)CanonCheck;
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002077 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2078 } else {
2079 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr,
2080 SourceLocation());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002081 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2082 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002083 }
2084 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002085
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00002086 Types.push_back(New);
2087 return QualType(New, 0);
2088}
2089
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002090/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002091///
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002092QualType
2093ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy,
2094 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const {
Roman Divackycfe9af22011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002095 const CallingConv DefaultCC = Info.getCC();
2096 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ?
2097 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002098 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
2099 // structure.
2100 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00002101 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002102
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002103 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002104 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002105 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002106 return QualType(FT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002107
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002108 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00002109 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() ||
John McCall04a67a62010-02-05 21:31:56 +00002110 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00002111 Canonical =
2112 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
2113 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002114
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002115 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002116 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP =
2117 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002118 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002119 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002120
Roman Divackycfe9af22011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002121 FunctionProtoType::ExtInfo newInfo = Info.withCallingConv(CallConv);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002122 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Roman Divackycfe9af22011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002123 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, newInfo);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002124 Types.push_back(New);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002125 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002126 return QualType(New, 0);
2127}
2128
2129/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument
2130/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002131QualType
2132ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy,
2133 const QualType *ArgArray, unsigned NumArgs,
2134 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002135 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
2136 // structure.
2137 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Sebastian Redl8026f6d2011-03-13 17:09:40 +00002138 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, EPI, *this);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002139
2140 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002141 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002142 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002143 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002144
2145 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not.
Richard Smitheefb3d52012-02-10 09:58:53 +00002146 bool isCanonical =
2147 EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None && ResultTy.isCanonical() &&
2148 !EPI.HasTrailingReturn;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002149 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002150 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002151 isCanonical = false;
2152
Roman Divackycfe9af22011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002153 const CallingConv DefaultCC = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC();
2154 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ?
2155 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002156
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002157 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it.
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002158 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002159 QualType Canonical;
John McCall04a67a62010-02-05 21:31:56 +00002160 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002161 SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002162 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
2163 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002164 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i]));
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002165
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002166 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI;
Richard Smitheefb3d52012-02-10 09:58:53 +00002167 CanonicalEPI.HasTrailingReturn = false;
Sebastian Redl8b5b4092011-03-06 10:52:04 +00002168 CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None;
2169 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002170 CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo
2171 = CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv));
2172
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002173 Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00002174 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs,
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002175 CanonicalEPI);
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002176
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002177 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002178 FunctionProtoType *NewIP =
2179 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002180 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002181 }
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002182
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002183 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after
2184 // them for three variable size arrays at the end:
2185 // - parameter types
2186 // - exception types
2187 // - consumed-arguments flags
2188 // Instead of the exception types, there could be a noexcept
2189 // expression.
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002190 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) +
Sebastian Redl60618fa2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00002191 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType);
2192 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic)
2193 Size += EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType);
2194 else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_ComputedNoexcept) {
Sebastian Redl8026f6d2011-03-13 17:09:40 +00002195 Size += sizeof(Expr*);
Sebastian Redl60618fa2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00002196 }
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002197 if (EPI.ConsumedArguments)
2198 Size += NumArgs * sizeof(bool);
2199
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002200 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
Roman Divackycfe9af22011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002201 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI;
2202 newEPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CallConv);
Sebastian Redl8026f6d2011-03-13 17:09:40 +00002203 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, Canonical, newEPI);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002204 Types.push_back(FTP);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002205 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002206 return QualType(FTP, 0);
2207}
2208
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002209#ifndef NDEBUG
2210static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) {
2211 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false;
2212 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D);
2213 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD))
2214 return true;
2215 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() &&
2216 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD))
2217 return true;
2218 return false;
2219}
2220#endif
2221
2222/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the
2223/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration.
2224QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002225 QualType TST) const {
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002226 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl));
2227 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) {
2228 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
Douglas Gregoref96ee02012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002229 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) {
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002230 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type");
2231 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
2232 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
2233 } else {
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002234 Type *newType =
John McCall31f17ec2010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002235 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST);
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002236 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2237 Types.push_back(newType);
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002238 }
2239 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2240}
2241
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002242/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2243/// specified type declaration.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002244QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1e6759e2008-10-16 16:50:47 +00002245 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param");
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002246 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002247
Richard Smith162e1c12011-04-15 14:24:37 +00002248 if (const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002249 return getTypedefType(Typedef);
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002250
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002251 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) &&
2252 "Template type parameter types are always available.");
2253
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002254 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) {
Douglas Gregoref96ee02012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002255 assert(!Record->getPreviousDecl() &&
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002256 "struct/union has previous declaration");
2257 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002258 return getRecordType(Record);
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002259 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) {
Douglas Gregoref96ee02012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002260 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDecl() &&
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002261 "enum has previous declaration");
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002262 return getEnumType(Enum);
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002263 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using =
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +00002264 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002265 Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using);
2266 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2267 Types.push_back(newType);
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00002268 } else
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002269 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?");
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00002270
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00002271 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002272}
2273
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002274/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
Richard Smith162e1c12011-04-15 14:24:37 +00002275/// specified typedef name decl.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002276QualType
Richard Smith162e1c12011-04-15 14:24:37 +00002277ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
2278 QualType Canonical) const {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002279 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002280
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002281 if (Canonical.isNull())
2282 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType());
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002283 TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002284 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical);
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002285 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2286 Types.push_back(newType);
2287 return QualType(newType, 0);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002288}
2289
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002290QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002291 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2292
Douglas Gregoref96ee02012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002293 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002294 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
2295 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2296
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002297 RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl);
2298 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2299 Types.push_back(newType);
2300 return QualType(newType, 0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002301}
2302
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002303QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002304 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2305
Douglas Gregoref96ee02012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002306 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002307 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
2308 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2309
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002310 EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl);
2311 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2312 Types.push_back(newType);
2313 return QualType(newType, 0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002314}
2315
John McCall9d156a72011-01-06 01:58:22 +00002316QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind,
2317 QualType modifiedType,
2318 QualType equivalentType) {
2319 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id;
2320 AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType);
2321
2322 void *insertPos = 0;
2323 AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos);
2324 if (type) return QualType(type, 0);
2325
2326 QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType);
2327 type = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2328 AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType);
2329
2330 Types.push_back(type);
2331 AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos);
2332
2333 return QualType(type, 0);
2334}
2335
2336
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00002337/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type.
2338QualType
2339ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002340 QualType Replacement) const {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002341 assert(Replacement.isCanonical()
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00002342 && "replacement types must always be canonical");
2343
2344 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2345 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement);
2346 void *InsertPos = 0;
2347 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm
2348 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2349
2350 if (!SubstParm) {
2351 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2352 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement);
2353 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
2354 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
2355 }
2356
2357 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2358}
2359
Douglas Gregorc3069d62011-01-14 02:55:32 +00002360/// \brief Retrieve a
2361QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(
2362 const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
2363 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) {
2364#ifndef NDEBUG
2365 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = ArgPack.pack_begin(),
2366 PEnd = ArgPack.pack_end();
2367 P != PEnd; ++P) {
2368 assert(P->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type");
2369 assert(P->getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type");
2370 }
2371#endif
2372
2373 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2374 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack);
2375 void *InsertPos = 0;
2376 if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm
2377 = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2378 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2379
2380 QualType Canon;
2381 if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
2382 Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0));
2383 Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon),
2384 ArgPack);
2385 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2386 }
2387
2388 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm
2389 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon,
2390 ArgPack);
2391 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
2392 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
2393 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2394}
2395
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002396/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002397/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally)
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002398/// name.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002399QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index,
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002400 bool ParameterPack,
Chandler Carruth4fb86f82011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002401 TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const {
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002402 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chandler Carruth4fb86f82011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002403 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002404 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002405 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002406 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2407
2408 if (TypeParm)
2409 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002410
Chandler Carruth4fb86f82011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002411 if (TTPDecl) {
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002412 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Chandler Carruth4fb86f82011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002413 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002414
2415 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck
2416 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2417 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken");
2418 (void)TypeCheck;
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002419 } else
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002420 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2421 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002422
2423 Types.push_back(TypeParm);
2424 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos);
2425
2426 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
2427}
2428
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002429TypeSourceInfo *
2430ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name,
2431 SourceLocation NameLoc,
2432 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002433 QualType Underlying) const {
Douglas Gregor7c3179c2011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002434 assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2435 "No dependent template names here!");
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002436 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, Underlying);
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002437
2438 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST);
2439 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL
2440 = cast<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(DI->getTypeLoc());
Abramo Bagnara55d23c92012-02-06 14:41:24 +00002441 TL.setTemplateKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002442 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc);
2443 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc());
2444 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc());
2445 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
2446 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo());
2447 return DI;
2448}
2449
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002450QualType
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00002451ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002452 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002453 QualType Underlying) const {
Douglas Gregor7c3179c2011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002454 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2455 "No dependent template names here!");
2456
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002457 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size();
2458
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002459 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec;
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002460 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs);
2461 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
2462 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument());
2463
John McCall31f17ec2010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002464 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs,
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002465 Underlying);
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002466}
2467
Douglas Gregorb70126a2012-02-03 17:16:23 +00002468#ifndef NDEBUG
2469static bool hasAnyPackExpansions(const TemplateArgument *Args,
2470 unsigned NumArgs) {
2471 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2472 if (Args[I].isPackExpansion())
2473 return true;
2474
2475 return true;
2476}
2477#endif
2478
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002479QualType
2480ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00002481 const TemplateArgument *Args,
2482 unsigned NumArgs,
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002483 QualType Underlying) const {
Douglas Gregor7c3179c2011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002484 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2485 "No dependent template names here!");
Douglas Gregor0f0ea2a2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00002486 // Look through qualified template names.
2487 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName())
2488 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl());
Douglas Gregor7c3179c2011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002489
Douglas Gregorb70126a2012-02-03 17:16:23 +00002490 bool IsTypeAlias =
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002491 Template.getAsTemplateDecl() &&
2492 isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl());
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002493 QualType CanonType;
2494 if (!Underlying.isNull())
2495 CanonType = getCanonicalType(Underlying);
2496 else {
Douglas Gregorb70126a2012-02-03 17:16:23 +00002497 // We can get here with an alias template when the specialization contains
2498 // a pack expansion that does not match up with a parameter pack.
2499 assert((!IsTypeAlias || hasAnyPackExpansions(Args, NumArgs)) &&
2500 "Caller must compute aliased type");
2501 IsTypeAlias = false;
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002502 CanonType = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args,
2503 NumArgs);
2504 }
Douglas Gregorfc705b82009-02-26 22:19:44 +00002505
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002506 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't
2507 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that
2508 // we don't unique and don't want to lose.
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002509 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
2510 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs +
Douglas Gregorb70126a2012-02-03 17:16:23 +00002511 (IsTypeAlias? sizeof(QualType) : 0),
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002512 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002513 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
Douglas Gregorb70126a2012-02-03 17:16:23 +00002514 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs, CanonType,
2515 IsTypeAlias ? Underlying : QualType());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002516
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00002517 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002518 return QualType(Spec, 0);
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00002519}
2520
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002521QualType
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002522ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
2523 const TemplateArgument *Args,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002524 unsigned NumArgs) const {
Douglas Gregor7c3179c2011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002525 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2526 "No dependent template names here!");
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002527
Douglas Gregor0f0ea2a2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00002528 // Look through qualified template names.
2529 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName())
2530 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl());
Douglas Gregor7c3179c2011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002531
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002532 // Build the canonical template specialization type.
2533 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template);
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002534 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002535 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
2536 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2537 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]));
2538
2539 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already
2540 // exists.
2541 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2542 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate,
2543 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this);
2544
2545 void *InsertPos = 0;
2546 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
2547 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2548
2549 if (!Spec) {
2550 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type.
2551 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
2552 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
2553 TypeAlignment);
2554 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate,
2555 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002556 QualType(), QualType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002557 Types.push_back(Spec);
2558 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos);
2559 }
2560
2561 assert(Spec->isDependentType() &&
2562 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type");
2563 return QualType(Spec, 0);
2564}
2565
2566QualType
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002567ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2568 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002569 QualType NamedType) const {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002570 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002571 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002572
2573 void *InsertPos = 0;
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002574 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002575 if (T)
2576 return QualType(T, 0);
2577
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002578 QualType Canon = NamedType;
2579 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
2580 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType);
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002581 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2582 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken");
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002583 (void)CheckT;
2584 }
2585
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002586 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002587 Types.push_back(T);
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002588 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002589 return QualType(T, 0);
2590}
2591
Abramo Bagnara075f8f12010-12-10 16:29:40 +00002592QualType
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002593ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const {
Abramo Bagnara075f8f12010-12-10 16:29:40 +00002594 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2595 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType);
2596
2597 void *InsertPos = 0;
2598 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2599 if (T)
2600 return QualType(T, 0);
2601
2602 QualType Canon = InnerType;
2603 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
2604 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType);
2605 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2606 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken");
2607 (void)CheckT;
2608 }
2609
2610 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon);
2611 Types.push_back(T);
2612 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2613 return QualType(T, 0);
2614}
2615
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002616QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2617 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2618 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002619 QualType Canon) const {
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002620 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
2621
2622 if (Canon.isNull()) {
2623 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002624 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
2625 if (Keyword == ETK_None)
2626 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
2627
2628 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword)
2629 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002630 }
2631
2632 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002633 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002634
2635 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregor4714c122010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002636 DependentNameType *T
2637 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002638 if (T)
2639 return QualType(T, 0);
2640
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002641 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002642 Types.push_back(T);
Douglas Gregor4714c122010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002643 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002644 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002645}
2646
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002647QualType
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002648ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
2649 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002650 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002651 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002652 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const {
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002653 // TODO: avoid this copy
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002654 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy;
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002655 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I)
2656 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument());
2657 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name,
2658 ArgCopy.size(),
2659 ArgCopy.data());
2660}
2661
2662QualType
2663ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
2664 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2665 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2666 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
2667 unsigned NumArgs,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002668 const TemplateArgument *Args) const {
Douglas Gregoraa2187d2011-02-28 00:04:36 +00002669 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
2670 "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002671
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002672 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002673 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS,
2674 Name, NumArgs, Args);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002675
2676 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002677 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T
2678 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002679 if (T)
2680 return QualType(T, 0);
2681
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002682 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002683
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002684 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
2685 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
2686
2687 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false;
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002688 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs);
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002689 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) {
2690 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]);
2691 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I]))
2692 AnyNonCanonArgs = true;
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002693 }
2694
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002695 QualType Canon;
2696 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) {
2697 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS,
2698 Name, NumArgs,
2699 CanonArgs.data());
2700
2701 // Find the insert position again.
2702 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2703 }
2704
2705 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) +
2706 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
2707 TypeAlignment);
John McCallef990012010-06-11 11:07:21 +00002708 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS,
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002709 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon);
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002710 Types.push_back(T);
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002711 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002712 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002713}
2714
Douglas Gregorcded4f62011-01-14 17:04:44 +00002715QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern,
2716 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) {
Douglas Gregor7536dd52010-12-20 02:24:11 +00002717 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregorcded4f62011-01-14 17:04:44 +00002718 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregor7536dd52010-12-20 02:24:11 +00002719
2720 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() &&
2721 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs");
2722 void *InsertPos = 0;
2723 PackExpansionType *T
2724 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2725 if (T)
2726 return QualType(T, 0);
2727
2728 QualType Canon;
2729 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) {
Douglas Gregorcded4f62011-01-14 17:04:44 +00002730 Canon = getPackExpansionType(getCanonicalType(Pattern), NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregor7536dd52010-12-20 02:24:11 +00002731
2732 // Find the insert position again.
2733 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2734 }
2735
Douglas Gregorcded4f62011-01-14 17:04:44 +00002736 T = new (*this) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregor7536dd52010-12-20 02:24:11 +00002737 Types.push_back(T);
2738 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2739 return QualType(T, 0);
2740}
2741
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002742/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols
2743/// alphabetically.
2744static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS,
2745 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor2e1cd422008-11-17 14:58:09 +00002746 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName();
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002747}
2748
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002749static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002750 unsigned NumProtocols) {
2751 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true;
2752
Douglas Gregor61cc2962012-01-02 02:00:30 +00002753 if (Protocols[0]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[0])
2754 return false;
2755
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002756 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i)
Douglas Gregor61cc2962012-01-02 02:00:30 +00002757 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]) ||
2758 Protocols[i]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[i])
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002759 return false;
2760 return true;
2761}
2762
2763static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002764 unsigned &NumProtocols) {
2765 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002766
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002767 // Sort protocols, keyed by name.
2768 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames);
2769
Douglas Gregor61cc2962012-01-02 02:00:30 +00002770 // Canonicalize.
2771 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NumProtocols; I != N; ++I)
2772 Protocols[I] = Protocols[I]->getCanonicalDecl();
2773
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002774 // Remove duplicates.
2775 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd);
2776 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols;
2777}
2778
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002779QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType,
2780 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002781 unsigned NumProtocols) const {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002782 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols
2783 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine.
2784 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType))
2785 return BaseType;
2786
2787 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002788 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002789 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002790 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002791 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2792 return QualType(QT, 0);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002793
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002794 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and
2795 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002796 QualType Canonical;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002797 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols);
2798 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) {
2799 if (!ProtocolsSorted) {
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002800 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols,
Benjamin Kramer02379412010-04-27 17:12:11 +00002801 Protocols + NumProtocols);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002802 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
2803
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002804 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002805 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
2806 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002807 } else {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002808 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
2809 Protocols, NumProtocols);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002810 }
2811
2812 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002813 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2814 }
2815
2816 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl);
2817 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *);
2818 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
2819 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T =
2820 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
2821
2822 Types.push_back(T);
2823 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2824 return QualType(T, 0);
2825}
2826
2827/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for
2828/// the given object type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002829QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002830 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2831 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT);
2832
2833 void *InsertPos = 0;
2834 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT =
2835 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2836 return QualType(QT, 0);
2837
2838 // Find the canonical object type.
2839 QualType Canonical;
2840 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) {
2841 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT));
2842
2843 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002844 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2845 }
2846
Douglas Gregorfd6a0882010-02-08 22:59:26 +00002847 // No match.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002848 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment);
2849 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType =
2850 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002851
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002852 Types.push_back(QType);
2853 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002854 return QualType(QType, 0);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002855}
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002856
Douglas Gregordeacbdc2010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002857/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2858/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional.
Douglas Gregor0af55012011-12-16 03:12:41 +00002859QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl,
2860 ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevDecl) const {
Douglas Gregordeacbdc2010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002861 if (Decl->TypeForDecl)
2862 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002863
Douglas Gregor0af55012011-12-16 03:12:41 +00002864 if (PrevDecl) {
2865 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous decl has no TypeForDecl");
2866 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
2867 return QualType(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2868 }
2869
Douglas Gregor8d2dbbf2011-12-16 16:34:57 +00002870 // Prefer the definition, if there is one.
2871 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Decl->getDefinition())
2872 Decl = Def;
2873
Douglas Gregordeacbdc2010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002874 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment);
2875 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
2876 Decl->TypeForDecl = T;
2877 Types.push_back(T);
2878 return QualType(T, 0);
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002879}
2880
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002881/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique
2882/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example,
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002883/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002884/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002885/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002886QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002887 TypeOfExprType *toe;
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002888 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2889 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2890 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002891
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002892 void *InsertPos = 0;
2893 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon
2894 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2895 if (Canon) {
2896 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent
2897 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002898 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr,
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002899 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0));
Chad Rosier30601782011-08-17 23:08:45 +00002900 } else {
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002901 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002902 Canon
2903 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr);
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002904 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2905 toe = Canon;
2906 }
2907 } else {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002908 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002909 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical);
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002910 }
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002911 Types.push_back(toe);
2912 return QualType(toe, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002913}
2914
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002915/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2916/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2917/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002918/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002919/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002920QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002921 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002922 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical);
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002923 Types.push_back(tot);
2924 return QualType(tot, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002925}
2926
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002927
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002928/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2929/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2930/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002931/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
David Blaikie39e02032011-11-06 22:28:03 +00002932/// on canonical types (which are always unique).
Douglas Gregorf8af9822012-02-12 18:42:33 +00002933QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e, QualType UnderlyingType) const {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002934 DecltypeType *dt;
Douglas Gregor561f8122011-07-01 01:22:09 +00002935
2936 // C++0x [temp.type]p2:
2937 // If an expression e involves a template parameter, decltype(e) denotes a
2938 // unique dependent type. Two such decltype-specifiers refer to the same
2939 // type only if their expressions are equivalent (14.5.6.1).
2940 if (e->isInstantiationDependent()) {
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002941 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2942 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002943
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002944 void *InsertPos = 0;
2945 DependentDecltypeType *Canon
2946 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2947 if (Canon) {
2948 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent
2949 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002950 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, DependentTy,
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002951 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0));
Chad Rosier30601782011-08-17 23:08:45 +00002952 } else {
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002953 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002954 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e);
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002955 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2956 dt = Canon;
2957 }
2958 } else {
Douglas Gregorf8af9822012-02-12 18:42:33 +00002959 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType,
2960 getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType));
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002961 }
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002962 Types.push_back(dt);
2963 return QualType(dt, 0);
2964}
2965
Sean Huntca63c202011-05-24 22:41:36 +00002966/// getUnaryTransformationType - We don't unique these, since the memory
2967/// savings are minimal and these are rare.
2968QualType ASTContext::getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
2969 QualType UnderlyingType,
2970 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind Kind)
2971 const {
2972 UnaryTransformType *Ty =
Douglas Gregor69d97752011-05-25 17:51:54 +00002973 new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, UnderlyingType,
2974 Kind,
2975 UnderlyingType->isDependentType() ?
Peter Collingbourne12fc4b02012-03-05 16:02:06 +00002976 QualType() : getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType));
Sean Huntca63c202011-05-24 22:41:36 +00002977 Types.push_back(Ty);
2978 return QualType(Ty, 0);
2979}
2980
Richard Smith483b9f32011-02-21 20:05:19 +00002981/// getAutoType - We only unique auto types after they've been deduced.
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +00002982QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType) const {
Richard Smith483b9f32011-02-21 20:05:19 +00002983 void *InsertPos = 0;
2984 if (!DeducedType.isNull()) {
2985 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
2986 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2987 AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType);
2988 if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2989 return QualType(AT, 0);
2990 }
2991
2992 AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType);
2993 Types.push_back(AT);
2994 if (InsertPos)
2995 AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos);
2996 return QualType(AT, 0);
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +00002997}
2998
Eli Friedmanb001de72011-10-06 23:00:33 +00002999/// getAtomicType - Return the uniqued reference to the atomic type for
3000/// the given value type.
3001QualType ASTContext::getAtomicType(QualType T) const {
3002 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
3003 // structure.
3004 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3005 AtomicType::Profile(ID, T);
3006
3007 void *InsertPos = 0;
3008 if (AtomicType *AT = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
3009 return QualType(AT, 0);
3010
3011 // If the atomic value type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
3012 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
3013 QualType Canonical;
3014 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
3015 Canonical = getAtomicType(getCanonicalType(T));
3016
3017 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
3018 AtomicType *NewIP = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3019 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
3020 }
3021 AtomicType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AtomicType(T, Canonical);
3022 Types.push_back(New);
3023 AtomicTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
3024 return QualType(New, 0);
3025}
3026
Richard Smithad762fc2011-04-14 22:09:26 +00003027/// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'.
3028QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const {
3029 if (AutoDeductTy.isNull())
3030 AutoDeductTy = getAutoType(QualType());
3031 assert(!AutoDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto' pattern");
3032 return AutoDeductTy;
3033}
3034
3035/// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'.
3036QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const {
3037 if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull())
3038 AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType());
3039 assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern");
3040 return AutoRRefDeductTy;
3041}
3042
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003043/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
3044/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003045QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const {
Ted Kremenekd778f882007-11-26 21:16:01 +00003046 assert (Decl);
Mike Stumpe607ed02009-08-07 18:05:12 +00003047 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting
3048 // away const? mutable?
3049 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003050}
3051
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003052/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result
3053/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and
3054/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>.
Anders Carlssona3ccda52009-12-12 00:26:23 +00003055CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const {
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +00003056 return getFromTargetType(Target->getSizeType());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003057}
3058
Hans Wennborg29e97cb2011-10-27 08:29:09 +00003059/// getIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "intmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5).
3060CanQualType ASTContext::getIntMaxType() const {
3061 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntMaxType());
3062}
3063
3064/// getUIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "uintmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5).
3065CanQualType ASTContext::getUIntMaxType() const {
3066 return getFromTargetType(Target->getUIntMaxType());
3067}
3068
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +00003069/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t".
3070/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
3071QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const {
3072 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
3073 return WCharTy;
3074}
3075
3076/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t".
3077/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
3078QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const {
3079 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
3080 return UnsignedIntTy;
3081}
3082
Hans Wennborg29e97cb2011-10-27 08:29:09 +00003083/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (C99 7.17)
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00003084/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9).
3085QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const {
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +00003086 return getFromTargetType(Target->getPtrDiffType(0));
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00003087}
3088
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00003089//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3090// Type Operators
3091//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3092
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003093CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const {
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003094 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining
3095 // qualifiers.
3096 T = getCanonicalType(T);
Fariborz Jahanian745da3a2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00003097 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003098 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003099 QualType Result;
3100 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
3101 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0));
3102 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) {
3103 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0));
3104 } else {
3105 Result = QualType(Ty, 0);
3106 }
3107
3108 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result);
3109}
3110
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003111QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type,
3112 Qualifiers &quals) {
3113 SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType();
3114
3115 // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to
3116 // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor.
3117 // We then have to strip that sugar back off with
3118 // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly.
3119 const ArrayType *AT =
John McCall200fa532012-02-08 00:46:36 +00003120 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.Ty->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003121
3122 // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType.
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00003123 if (!AT) {
John McCall200fa532012-02-08 00:46:36 +00003124 quals = splitType.Quals;
3125 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0);
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00003126 }
3127
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003128 // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type.
3129 QualType elementType = AT->getElementType();
3130 QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals);
3131
3132 // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we
3133 // can just use the results in splitType.
3134 if (elementType == unqualElementType) {
3135 assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call
John McCall200fa532012-02-08 00:46:36 +00003136 quals = splitType.Quals;
3137 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0);
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003138 }
3139
3140 // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then
3141 // build the type back up.
John McCall200fa532012-02-08 00:46:36 +00003142 quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.Quals);
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00003143
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00003144 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003145 return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(),
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00003146 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
3147 }
3148
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00003149 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003150 return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00003151 }
3152
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00003153 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003154 return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType,
John McCall3fa5cae2010-10-26 07:05:15 +00003155 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00003156 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
3157 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
3158 VAT->getBracketsRange());
3159 }
3160
3161 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT);
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003162 return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00003163 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0,
3164 SourceRange());
3165}
3166
Douglas Gregor5a57efd2010-06-09 03:53:18 +00003167/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that
3168/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that
3169/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types
3170/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this
3171/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level
3172/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically
3173/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and
3174/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level.
3175bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) {
3176 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(),
3177 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>();
3178 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) {
3179 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType();
3180 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType();
3181 return true;
3182 }
3183
3184 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(),
3185 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
3186 if (T1MPType && T2MPType &&
3187 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0),
3188 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) {
3189 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType();
3190 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType();
3191 return true;
3192 }
3193
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003194 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
Douglas Gregor5a57efd2010-06-09 03:53:18 +00003195 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
3196 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
3197 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) {
3198 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType();
3199 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType();
3200 return true;
3201 }
3202 }
3203
3204 // FIXME: Block pointers, too?
3205
3206 return false;
3207}
3208
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003209DeclarationNameInfo
3210ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name,
3211 SourceLocation NameLoc) const {
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003212 switch (Name.getKind()) {
3213 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate:
3214 case TemplateName::Template:
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003215 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003216 return DeclarationNameInfo(Name.getAsTemplateDecl()->getDeclName(),
3217 NameLoc);
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003218
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003219 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: {
3220 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate();
3221 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
3222 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc);
3223 }
3224
3225 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: {
3226 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003227 DeclarationName DName;
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003228 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) {
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003229 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier());
3230 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc);
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003231 } else {
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003232 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
3233 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations?
3234 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc;
3235 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
3236 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
3237 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc);
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003238 }
3239 }
3240
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003241 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: {
3242 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
3243 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm();
3244 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameter()->getDeclName(),
3245 NameLoc);
3246 }
3247
3248 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: {
3249 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst
3250 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack();
3251 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameterPack()->getDeclName(),
3252 NameLoc);
3253 }
3254 }
3255
3256 llvm_unreachable("bad template name kind!");
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003257}
3258
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003259TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const {
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003260 switch (Name.getKind()) {
3261 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate:
3262 case TemplateName::Template: {
3263 TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl();
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +00003264 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003265 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template))
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +00003266 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP);
3267
3268 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis97fbaa22009-07-18 00:34:25 +00003269 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +00003270 }
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00003271
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003272 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate:
3273 llvm_unreachable("cannot canonicalize overloaded template");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003274
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003275 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: {
3276 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
3277 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls.");
3278 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName;
3279 }
3280
3281 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: {
3282 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
3283 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm();
3284 return getCanonicalTemplateName(subst->getReplacement());
3285 }
3286
3287 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: {
3288 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst
3289 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack();
3290 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *canonParameter
3291 = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(subst->getParameterPack());
3292 TemplateArgument canonArgPack
3293 = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(subst->getArgumentPack());
3294 return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(canonParameter, canonArgPack);
3295 }
3296 }
3297
3298 llvm_unreachable("bad template name!");
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00003299}
3300
Douglas Gregordb0d4b72009-11-11 23:06:43 +00003301bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) {
3302 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X);
3303 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y);
3304 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer();
3305}
3306
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003307TemplateArgument
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003308ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const {
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003309 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
3310 case TemplateArgument::Null:
3311 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003312
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003313 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003314 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003315
Douglas Gregord2008e22012-04-06 22:40:38 +00003316 case TemplateArgument::Declaration: {
3317 if (Decl *D = Arg.getAsDecl())
3318 return TemplateArgument(D->getCanonicalDecl());
3319 return TemplateArgument((Decl*)0);
3320 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003321
Douglas Gregor788cd062009-11-11 01:00:40 +00003322 case TemplateArgument::Template:
3323 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate()));
Douglas Gregora7fc9012011-01-05 18:58:31 +00003324
3325 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion:
3326 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(
3327 Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()),
Douglas Gregor2be29f42011-01-14 23:41:42 +00003328 Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions());
Douglas Gregora7fc9012011-01-05 18:58:31 +00003329
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003330 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003331 return TemplateArgument(*Arg.getAsIntegral(),
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003332 getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003333
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003334 case TemplateArgument::Type:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003335 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003336
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003337 case TemplateArgument::Pack: {
Douglas Gregor87dd6972010-12-20 16:52:59 +00003338 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0)
3339 return Arg;
3340
Douglas Gregor910f8002010-11-07 23:05:16 +00003341 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs
3342 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()];
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003343 unsigned Idx = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003344 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(),
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003345 AEnd = Arg.pack_end();
3346 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx)
3347 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003348
Douglas Gregor910f8002010-11-07 23:05:16 +00003349 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size());
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003350 }
3351 }
3352
3353 // Silence GCC warning
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00003354 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled template argument kind");
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003355}
3356
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003357NestedNameSpecifier *
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003358ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003359 if (!NNS)
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003360 return 0;
3361
3362 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
3363 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
3364 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003365 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this,
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003366 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()),
3367 NNS->getAsIdentifier());
3368
3369 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
3370 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
3371 // this namespace and no prefix.
Douglas Gregor14aba762011-02-24 02:36:08 +00003372 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
3373 NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace());
3374
3375 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
3376 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
3377 // this namespace and no prefix.
3378 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
3379 NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace()
3380 ->getOriginalNamespace());
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003381
3382 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
3383 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: {
3384 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0));
Douglas Gregor264bf662010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003385
3386 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"),
3387 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those
3388 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize
3389 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name
3390 // types, e.g.,
3391 // typedef typename T::type T1;
3392 // typedef typename T1::type T2;
Eli Friedman16412ef2012-03-03 04:09:56 +00003393 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>())
3394 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, DNT->getQualifier(),
Douglas Gregor264bf662010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003395 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier()));
Douglas Gregor264bf662010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003396
Eli Friedman16412ef2012-03-03 04:09:56 +00003397 // Otherwise, just canonicalize the type, and force it to be a TypeSpec.
3398 // FIXME: Why are TypeSpec and TypeSpecWithTemplate distinct in the
3399 // first place?
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003400 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false,
3401 const_cast<Type*>(T.getTypePtr()));
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003402 }
3403
3404 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
3405 // The global specifier is canonical and unique.
3406 return NNS;
3407 }
3408
David Blaikie7530c032012-01-17 06:56:22 +00003409 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NestedNameSpecifier::Kind!");
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003410}
3411
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003412
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003413const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003414 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003415 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003416 // Handle the common positive case fast.
3417 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T))
3418 return AT;
3419 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003420
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003421 // Handle the common negative case fast.
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003422 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType()))
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003423 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003424
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003425 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003426 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes
3427 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type."
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003428
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003429 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have
3430 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00003431 // we must propagate them down into the element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003432
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003433 SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType();
John McCall200fa532012-02-08 00:46:36 +00003434 Qualifiers qs = split.Quals;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003435
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003436 // If we have a simple case, just return now.
John McCall200fa532012-02-08 00:46:36 +00003437 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.Ty);
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003438 if (ATy == 0 || qs.empty())
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003439 return ATy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003440
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003441 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the
3442 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type.
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003443 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003444
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003445 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy))
3446 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
3447 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003448 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003449 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy))
3450 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy,
3451 IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003452 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003453
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003454 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003455 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy))
3456 return cast<ArrayType>(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003457 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCall3fa5cae2010-10-26 07:05:15 +00003458 DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003459 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003460 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00003461 DSAT->getBracketsRange()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003462
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003463 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy);
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00003464 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCall3fa5cae2010-10-26 07:05:15 +00003465 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003466 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003467 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00003468 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattner77c96472008-04-06 22:41:35 +00003469}
3470
Douglas Gregor79e6bd32011-07-12 04:42:08 +00003471QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedParameterType(QualType T) {
3472 // C99 6.7.5.3p7:
3473 // A declaration of a parameter as "array of type" shall be
3474 // adjusted to "qualified pointer to type", where the type
3475 // qualifiers (if any) are those specified within the [ and ] of
3476 // the array type derivation.
3477 if (T->isArrayType())
3478 return getArrayDecayedType(T);
3479
3480 // C99 6.7.5.3p8:
3481 // A declaration of a parameter as "function returning type"
3482 // shall be adjusted to "pointer to function returning type", as
3483 // in 6.3.2.1.
3484 if (T->isFunctionType())
3485 return getPointerType(T);
3486
3487 return T;
3488}
3489
3490QualType ASTContext::getSignatureParameterType(QualType T) {
3491 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T);
3492 T = getAdjustedParameterType(T);
3493 return T.getUnqualifiedType();
3494}
3495
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00003496/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the
3497/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when
3498/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type,
3499/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array.
3500///
3501/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003502QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003503 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any
3504 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation
3505 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present
3506 // (C99 6.7.3p8).
3507 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty);
3508 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003509
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003510 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00003511
3512 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003513 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00003514}
3515
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003516QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const {
3517 return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType());
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00003518}
3519
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003520QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const {
3521 Qualifiers qs;
3522 while (true) {
3523 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType();
John McCall200fa532012-02-08 00:46:36 +00003524 const ArrayType *array = split.Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe();
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003525 if (!array) break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003526
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003527 type = array->getElementType();
John McCall200fa532012-02-08 00:46:36 +00003528 qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.Quals);
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003529 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003530
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003531 return getQualifiedType(type, qs);
Anders Carlsson6183a992008-12-21 03:44:36 +00003532}
3533
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00003534/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003535uint64_t
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00003536ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const {
3537 uint64_t ElementCount = 1;
3538 do {
3539 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue();
3540 CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(CA->getElementType());
3541 } while (CA);
3542 return ElementCount;
3543}
3544
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003545/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types.
3546/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float.
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003547static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003548 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003549 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType());
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003550
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003551 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
3552 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00003553 default: llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
Anton Korobeynikovaa4a99b2011-10-14 23:23:15 +00003554 case BuiltinType::Half: return HalfRank;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003555 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank;
3556 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank;
3557 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank;
3558 }
3559}
3560
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003561/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating
3562/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize).
Steve Naroff716c7302007-08-27 01:41:48 +00003563/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type.
3564/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type.
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00003565QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size,
3566 QualType Domain) const {
3567 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size);
3568 if (Domain->isComplexType()) {
3569 switch (EltRank) {
David Blaikie561d3ab2012-01-17 02:30:50 +00003570 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Complex half is not supported");
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00003571 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy;
3572 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy;
3573 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy;
3574 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003575 }
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00003576
3577 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!");
3578 switch (EltRank) {
David Blaikie561d3ab2012-01-17 02:30:50 +00003579 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Half ranks are not valid here");
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00003580 case FloatRank: return FloatTy;
3581 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy;
3582 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy;
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00003583 }
David Blaikie561d3ab2012-01-17 02:30:50 +00003584 llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003585}
3586
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003587/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating
3588/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' ==
3589/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003590/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003591int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const {
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003592 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS);
3593 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003594
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003595 if (LHSR == RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00003596 return 0;
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003597 if (LHSR > RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00003598 return 1;
3599 return -1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003600}
3601
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003602/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This
3603/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum,
3604/// or if it is not canonicalized.
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00003605unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00003606 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized");
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00003607
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003608 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00003609 default: llvm_unreachable("getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer");
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003610 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003611 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003612 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
3613 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
3614 case BuiltinType::SChar:
3615 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003616 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003617 case BuiltinType::Short:
3618 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003619 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003620 case BuiltinType::Int:
3621 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003622 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003623 case BuiltinType::Long:
3624 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003625 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003626 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
3627 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003628 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00003629 case BuiltinType::Int128:
3630 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
3631 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3);
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003632 }
3633}
3634
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00003635/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
3636/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions).
3637///
3638/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
3639/// promotion occurs.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003640QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const {
Douglas Gregorceafbde2010-05-24 20:13:53 +00003641 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
3642 return QualType();
3643
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00003644 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
3645 if (!Field)
3646 return QualType();
3647
3648 QualType FT = Field->getType();
3649
Richard Smitha6b8b2c2011-10-10 18:28:20 +00003650 uint64_t BitWidth = Field->getBitWidthValue(*this);
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00003651 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
3652 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal
3653 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is.
3654 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int.
3655 if (BitWidth < IntSize)
3656 return IntTy;
3657
3658 if (BitWidth == IntSize)
3659 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
3660
3661 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act
3662 // like the base type.
3663 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here
3664 // is ridiculous.
3665 return QualType();
3666}
3667
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003668/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will
3669/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable
3670/// integer type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003671QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003672 assert(!Promotable.isNull());
3673 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType());
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00003674 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>())
3675 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
Eli Friedman68a2dc42011-10-26 07:22:48 +00003676
3677 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Promotable->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
3678 // C++ [conv.prom]: A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t
3679 // (3.9.1) can be converted to a prvalue of the first of the following
3680 // types that can represent all the values of its underlying type:
3681 // int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or
3682 // unsigned long long int [...]
3683 // FIXME: Is there some better way to compute this?
3684 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S ||
3685 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_U ||
3686 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char16 ||
3687 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char32) {
3688 bool FromIsSigned = BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S;
3689 uint64_t FromSize = getTypeSize(BT);
3690 QualType PromoteTypes[] = { IntTy, UnsignedIntTy, LongTy, UnsignedLongTy,
3691 LongLongTy, UnsignedLongLongTy };
3692 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < llvm::array_lengthof(PromoteTypes); ++Idx) {
3693 uint64_t ToSize = getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]);
3694 if (FromSize < ToSize ||
3695 (FromSize == ToSize &&
3696 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType()))
3697 return PromoteTypes[Idx];
3698 }
3699 llvm_unreachable("char type should fit into long long");
3700 }
3701 }
3702
3703 // At this point, we should have a signed or unsigned integer type.
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003704 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType())
3705 return IntTy;
3706 uint64_t PromotableSize = getTypeSize(Promotable);
3707 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
3708 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize);
3709 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
3710}
3711
Argyrios Kyrtzidis31862ba2011-07-01 22:22:50 +00003712/// \brief Recurses in pointer/array types until it finds an objc retainable
3713/// type and returns its ownership.
3714Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ASTContext::getInnerObjCOwnership(QualType T) const {
3715 while (!T.isNull()) {
3716 if (T.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None)
3717 return T.getObjCLifetime();
3718 if (T->isArrayType())
3719 T = getBaseElementType(T);
3720 else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>())
3721 T = PT->getPointeeType();
3722 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis28445f02011-07-01 23:01:46 +00003723 T = RT->getPointeeType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis31862ba2011-07-01 22:22:50 +00003724 else
3725 break;
3726 }
3727
3728 return Qualifiers::OCL_None;
3729}
3730
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003731/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type:
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003732/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003733/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003734int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const {
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00003735 const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr();
3736 const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr();
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003737 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003738
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003739 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
3740 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003741
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003742 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC);
3743 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003744
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003745 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned.
3746 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0;
3747 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1;
3748 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003749
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003750 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa.
3751 if (LHSUnsigned) {
3752 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it.
3753 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank)
3754 return 1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003755
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003756 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
3757 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003758 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003759 return -1;
3760 }
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003761
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003762 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it.
3763 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank)
3764 return -1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003765
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003766 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
3767 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003768 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003769 return 1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003770}
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003771
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003772static RecordDecl *
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003773CreateRecordDecl(const ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK,
3774 DeclContext *DC, IdentifierInfo *Id) {
3775 SourceLocation Loc;
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003776 if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003777 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id);
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003778 else
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003779 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id);
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003780}
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003781
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003782// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003783QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const {
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003784 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003785 CFConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003786 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003787 &Idents.get("NSConstantString"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003788 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003789
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00003790 QualType FieldTypes[4];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003791
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003792 // const int *isa;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003793 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00003794 // int flags;
3795 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy;
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003796 // const char *str;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003797 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003798 // long length;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003799 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy;
3800
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003801 // Create fields
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003802 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003803 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl,
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +00003804 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003805 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003806 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003807 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +00003808 /*Mutable=*/false,
3809 /*HasInit=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003810 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003811 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003812 }
3813
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003814 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003815 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003816
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003817 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl);
Gabor Greif84675832007-09-11 15:32:40 +00003818}
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003819
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003820void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003821 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003822 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType");
3823 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3824}
3825
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003826QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const {
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003827 if (BlockDescriptorType)
3828 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
3829
3830 RecordDecl *T;
3831 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003832 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003833 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003834 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003835
3836 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3837 UnsignedLongTy,
3838 UnsignedLongTy,
3839 };
3840
3841 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3842 "reserved",
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003843 "Size"
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003844 };
3845
3846 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +00003847 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003848 SourceLocation(),
3849 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003850 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003851 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +00003852 /*Mutable=*/false,
3853 /*HasInit=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003854 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003855 T->addDecl(Field);
3856 }
3857
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003858 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003859
3860 BlockDescriptorType = T;
3861
3862 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
3863}
3864
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003865QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const {
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003866 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType)
3867 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3868
3869 RecordDecl *T;
3870 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003871 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003872 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003873 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003874
3875 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3876 UnsignedLongTy,
3877 UnsignedLongTy,
3878 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3879 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy)
3880 };
3881
3882 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3883 "reserved",
3884 "Size",
3885 "CopyFuncPtr",
3886 "DestroyFuncPtr"
3887 };
3888
3889 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +00003890 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003891 SourceLocation(),
3892 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003893 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003894 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +00003895 /*Mutable=*/false,
3896 /*HasInit=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003897 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003898 T->addDecl(Field);
3899 }
3900
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003901 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003902
3903 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T;
3904
3905 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3906}
3907
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003908bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty) const {
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00003909 if (Ty->isObjCRetainableType())
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003910 return true;
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003911 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Fariborz Jahaniane38be612010-11-17 00:21:28 +00003912 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
3913 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
Sean Huntffe37fd2011-05-25 20:50:04 +00003914 return RD->hasConstCopyConstructor();
Fariborz Jahaniane38be612010-11-17 00:21:28 +00003915
3916 }
3917 }
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003918 return false;
3919}
3920
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003921QualType
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003922ASTContext::BuildByRefType(StringRef DeclName, QualType Ty) const {
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003923 // type = struct __Block_byref_1_X {
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003924 // void *__isa;
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003925 // struct __Block_byref_1_X *__forwarding;
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003926 // unsigned int __flags;
3927 // unsigned int __size;
Eli Friedmana7e68452010-08-22 01:00:03 +00003928 // void *__copy_helper; // as needed
3929 // void *__destroy_help // as needed
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003930 // int X;
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003931 // } *
3932
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003933 bool HasCopyAndDispose = BlockRequiresCopying(Ty);
3934
3935 // FIXME: Move up
Dylan Noblesmithf7ccbad2012-02-05 02:13:05 +00003936 SmallString<36> Name;
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003937 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__Block_byref_" <<
3938 ++UniqueBlockByRefTypeID << '_' << DeclName;
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003939 RecordDecl *T;
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003940 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, &Idents.get(Name.str()));
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003941 T->startDefinition();
3942 QualType Int32Ty = IntTy;
3943 assert(getIntWidth(IntTy) == 32 && "non-32bit int not supported");
3944 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3945 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3946 getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)),
3947 Int32Ty,
3948 Int32Ty,
3949 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3950 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3951 Ty
3952 };
3953
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003954 StringRef FieldNames[] = {
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003955 "__isa",
3956 "__forwarding",
3957 "__flags",
3958 "__size",
3959 "__copy_helper",
3960 "__destroy_helper",
3961 DeclName,
3962 };
3963
3964 for (size_t i = 0; i < 7; ++i) {
3965 if (!HasCopyAndDispose && i >=4 && i <= 5)
3966 continue;
3967 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +00003968 SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003969 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003970 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +00003971 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3972 /*HasInit=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003973 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003974 T->addDecl(Field);
3975 }
3976
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003977 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003978
3979 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003980}
3981
Douglas Gregore97179c2011-09-08 01:46:34 +00003982TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCInstanceTypeDecl() {
3983 if (!ObjCInstanceTypeDecl)
3984 ObjCInstanceTypeDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(*this,
3985 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
3986 SourceLocation(),
3987 SourceLocation(),
3988 &Idents.get("instancetype"),
3989 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(getObjCIdType()));
3990 return ObjCInstanceTypeDecl;
3991}
3992
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003993// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL:
3994// typedef <type> BOOL;
Chris Lattner2d998332007-10-30 20:27:44 +00003995static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003996 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
Chris Lattnerbb49c3e2008-11-24 03:52:59 +00003997 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
3998 return II->isStr("BOOL");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003999
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004000 return false;
4001}
4002
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004003/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004004/// purpose.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004005CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const {
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004006 if (!type->isIncompleteArrayType() && type->isIncompleteType())
4007 return CharUnits::Zero();
4008
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004009 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004010
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004011 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int
Douglas Gregor2ade35e2010-06-16 00:17:44 +00004012 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004013 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy));
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004014 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in.
4015 else if (type->isArrayType())
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004016 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004017 return sz;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004018}
4019
4020static inline
4021std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) {
4022 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity());
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004023}
4024
John McCall6b5a61b2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00004025/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004026/// declaration.
John McCall6b5a61b2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00004027std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const {
4028 std::string S;
4029
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004030 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl();
4031 QualType BlockTy =
4032 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4033 // Encode result type.
John McCallc71a4912010-06-04 19:02:56 +00004034 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), S);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004035 // Compute size of all parameters.
4036 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
4037 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
4038 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004039 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
4040 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize;
Fariborz Jahanian6f46c262010-04-08 18:06:22 +00004041 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004042 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
4043 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004044 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004045 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004046 ParmOffset += sz;
4047 }
4048 // Size of the argument frame
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004049 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004050 // Block pointer and offset.
4051 S += "@?0";
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004052
4053 // Argument types.
4054 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
4055 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E =
4056 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
4057 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
4058 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
4059 if (const ArrayType *AT =
4060 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
4061 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
4062 // elements.
4063 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
4064 PType = PVDecl->getType();
4065 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
4066 PType = PVDecl->getType();
4067 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004068 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004069 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004070 }
John McCall6b5a61b2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00004071
4072 return S;
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004073}
4074
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004075bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl,
David Chisnall5389f482010-12-30 14:05:53 +00004076 std::string& S) {
4077 // Encode result type.
4078 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
4079 CharUnits ParmOffset;
4080 // Compute size of all parameters.
4081 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
4082 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
4083 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
4084 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004085 if (sz.isZero())
4086 return true;
4087
David Chisnall5389f482010-12-30 14:05:53 +00004088 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004089 "getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall5389f482010-12-30 14:05:53 +00004090 ParmOffset += sz;
4091 }
4092 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
4093 ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero();
4094
4095 // Argument types.
4096 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
4097 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
4098 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
4099 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
4100 if (const ArrayType *AT =
4101 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
4102 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
4103 // elements.
4104 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
4105 PType = PVDecl->getType();
4106 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
4107 PType = PVDecl->getType();
4108 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
4109 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
4110 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
4111 }
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004112
4113 return false;
David Chisnall5389f482010-12-30 14:05:53 +00004114}
4115
Bob Wilsondc8dab62011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004116/// getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter - Return the encoded type for a single
4117/// method parameter or return type. If Extended, include class names and
4118/// block object types.
4119void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
4120 QualType T, std::string& S,
4121 bool Extended) const {
4122 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the parameter.
4123 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(QT, S);
4124 // Encode parameter type.
4125 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, 0,
4126 true /*OutermostType*/,
4127 false /*EncodingProperty*/,
4128 false /*StructField*/,
4129 Extended /*EncodeBlockParameters*/,
4130 Extended /*EncodeClassNames*/);
4131}
4132
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004133/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004134/// declaration.
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004135bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
Bob Wilsondc8dab62011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004136 std::string& S,
4137 bool Extended) const {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004138 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
Bob Wilsondc8dab62011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004139 // Encode return type.
4140 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(),
4141 Decl->getResultType(), S, Extended);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004142 // Compute size of all parameters.
4143 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
4144 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
4145 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004146 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004147 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for
4148 // their size.
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004149 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis491306a2011-10-03 06:37:04 +00004150 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian7732cc92010-04-08 21:29:11 +00004151 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00004152 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004153 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004154 if (sz.isZero())
4155 return true;
4156
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004157 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
4158 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004159 ParmOffset += sz;
4160 }
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004161 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004162 S += "@0:";
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004163 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004164
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004165 // Argument types.
4166 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis491306a2011-10-03 06:37:04 +00004167 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian7732cc92010-04-08 21:29:11 +00004168 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis491306a2011-10-03 06:37:04 +00004169 const ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004170 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
Fariborz Jahanian4306d3c2008-12-20 23:29:59 +00004171 if (const ArrayType *AT =
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00004172 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
4173 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
4174 // elements.
Steve Naroffbb3fde32009-04-14 00:40:09 +00004175 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00004176 PType = PVDecl->getType();
4177 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
4178 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Bob Wilsondc8dab62011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004179 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(),
4180 PType, S, Extended);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004181 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004182 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004183 }
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004184
4185 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004186}
4187
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004188/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00004189/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004190/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be
4191/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004192/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple
4193/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The
4194/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are
4195/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types
4196/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00004197/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration:
4198/// @code
4199/// enum PropertyAttributes {
4200/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only.
4201/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned
4202/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned
4203/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic
4204/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name
4205/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name
4206/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name
Bob Wilson0d4cb852012-03-22 17:48:02 +00004207/// kPropertyType = 'T' // followed by old-style type encoding.
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00004208/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property
4209/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able
4210/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic
4211/// };
4212/// @endcode
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004213void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004214 const Decl *Container,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004215 std::string& S) const {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004216 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s).
4217 bool Dynamic = false;
4218 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0;
4219
4220 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction.
4221 if (Container) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004222 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID =
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004223 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) {
4224 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004225 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00004226 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004227 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
4228 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
4229 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
4230 Dynamic = true;
4231 } else {
4232 SynthesizePID = PID;
4233 }
4234 }
4235 }
4236 } else {
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004237 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004238 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004239 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00004240 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004241 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
4242 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
4243 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
4244 Dynamic = true;
4245 } else {
4246 SynthesizePID = PID;
4247 }
4248 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004249 }
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004250 }
4251 }
4252
4253 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
4254 S = "T";
4255
4256 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004257 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
4258 // closely resembles encoding of ivars.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004259 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004260 true /* outermost type */,
4261 true /* encoding for property */);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004262
4263 if (PD->isReadOnly()) {
4264 S += ",R";
4265 } else {
4266 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) {
4267 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break;
4268 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004269 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break;
Fariborz Jahanian3a02b442011-08-12 20:47:08 +00004270 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Weak: S += ",W"; break;
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004271 }
4272 }
4273
4274 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties
4275 // are "dynamic by default".
4276 if (Dynamic)
4277 S += ",D";
4278
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004279 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic)
4280 S += ",N";
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004281
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004282 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) {
4283 S += ",G";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00004284 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004285 }
4286
4287 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) {
4288 S += ",S";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00004289 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004290 }
4291
4292 if (SynthesizePID) {
4293 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl();
4294 S += ",V";
Chris Lattner39f34e92008-11-24 04:00:27 +00004295 S += OID->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004296 }
4297
4298 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong
4299}
4300
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004301/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding -
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004302/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as
4303/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004304/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer!
4305///
4306void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const {
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00004307 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004308 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004309 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32)
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004310 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004311 else
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004312 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32)
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004313 PointeeTy = IntTy;
4314 }
4315 }
4316}
4317
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00004318void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004319 const FieldDecl *Field) const {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004320 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are
4321 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that
4322 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the
4323 // same type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004324 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field,
Fariborz Jahanian5b8c7d92008-12-22 23:22:27 +00004325 true /* outermost type */);
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004326}
4327
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004328static char ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, QualType T) {
4329 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00004330 default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled builtin type kind");
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004331 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v';
4332 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B';
4333 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
4334 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C';
4335 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S';
4336 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I';
4337 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004338 return C->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q';
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004339 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T';
4340 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q';
4341 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
4342 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c';
4343 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's';
Chris Lattner3f59c972010-12-25 23:25:43 +00004344 case BuiltinType::WChar_S:
4345 case BuiltinType::WChar_U:
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004346 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i';
4347 case BuiltinType::Long:
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004348 return C->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q';
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004349 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q';
4350 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't';
4351 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f';
4352 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd';
Daniel Dunbar3a0be842010-10-11 21:13:48 +00004353 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D';
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004354 }
4355}
4356
Douglas Gregor5471bc82011-09-08 17:18:35 +00004357static char ObjCEncodingForEnumType(const ASTContext *C, const EnumType *ET) {
4358 EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl();
4359
4360 // The encoding of an non-fixed enum type is always 'i', regardless of size.
4361 if (!Enum->isFixed())
4362 return 'i';
4363
4364 // The encoding of a fixed enum type matches its fixed underlying type.
4365 return ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(C, Enum->getIntegerType());
4366}
4367
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004368static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S,
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004369 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) {
Richard Smitha6b8b2c2011-10-10 18:28:20 +00004370 assert(FD->isBitField() && "not a bitfield - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl");
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004371 S += 'b';
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004372 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits.
4373 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b,
4374 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the
4375 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure:
4376 //
4377 // struct
4378 // {
4379 // int integer;
4380 // int flags:2;
4381 // };
4382 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT
4383 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra
4384 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for
4385 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that
4386 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes...
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004387 if (!Ctx->getLangOpts().NeXTRuntime) {
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004388 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent();
4389 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Eli Friedman82905742011-07-07 01:54:01 +00004390 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(FD->getFieldIndex()));
Douglas Gregor5471bc82011-09-08 17:18:35 +00004391 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>())
4392 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(Ctx, ET);
David Chisnallc7ff82c2010-12-26 20:12:30 +00004393 else
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004394 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, T);
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004395 }
Richard Smitha6b8b2c2011-10-10 18:28:20 +00004396 S += llvm::utostr(FD->getBitWidthValue(*Ctx));
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004397}
4398
Daniel Dunbar01eb9b92009-10-18 21:17:35 +00004399// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string.
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004400void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
4401 bool ExpandPointedToStructures,
4402 bool ExpandStructures,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00004403 const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004404 bool OutermostType,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004405 bool EncodingProperty,
Bob Wilsondc8dab62011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004406 bool StructField,
4407 bool EncodeBlockParameters,
4408 bool EncodeClassNames) const {
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004409 if (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004410 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004411 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
4412 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, T);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004413 return;
4414 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004415
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004416 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00004417 S += 'j';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004418 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false,
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00004419 false);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004420 return;
4421 }
Fariborz Jahanian60bce3e2009-11-23 20:40:50 +00004422
Fariborz Jahanianaa1d7612010-04-13 23:45:47 +00004423 // encoding for pointer or r3eference types.
4424 QualType PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004425 if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian8d2c0a92009-11-30 18:43:52 +00004426 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) {
4427 S += ':';
4428 return;
4429 }
Fariborz Jahanianaa1d7612010-04-13 23:45:47 +00004430 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
4431 }
4432 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
4433 PointeeTy = RT->getPointeeType();
4434 if (!PointeeTy.isNull()) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004435 bool isReadOnly = false;
4436 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the
4437 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of
4438 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004439 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type!
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00004440 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004441 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) {
4442 isReadOnly = true;
4443 S += 'r';
4444 }
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00004445 } else if (OutermostType) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004446 QualType P = PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004447 while (P->getAs<PointerType>())
4448 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004449 if (P.isConstQualified()) {
4450 isReadOnly = true;
4451 S += 'r';
4452 }
4453 }
4454 if (isReadOnly) {
4455 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type
4456 // combinations need to be rearranged.
4457 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn"
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00004458 if (StringRef(S).endswith("nr"))
Benjamin Kramer02379412010-04-27 17:12:11 +00004459 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn");
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004460 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004461
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004462 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) {
4463 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a
4464 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'.
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00004465 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) {
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004466 S += '*';
4467 return;
4468 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004469 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff9533a7f2009-07-22 17:14:51 +00004470 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#".
4471 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) {
4472 S += '#';
4473 return;
4474 }
4475 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@".
4476 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) {
4477 S += '@';
4478 return;
4479 }
4480 // fall through...
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004481 }
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004482 S += '^';
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004483 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy);
4484
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004485 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004486 NULL);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004487 return;
4488 }
Fariborz Jahanianaa1d7612010-04-13 23:45:47 +00004489
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004490 if (const ArrayType *AT =
4491 // Ignore type qualifiers etc.
4492 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004493 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && !StructField) {
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004494 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element.
4495 S += '^';
4496
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004497 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004498 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
4499 } else {
4500 S += '[';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004501
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004502 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
4503 if (getTypeSize(CAT->getElementType()) == 0)
4504 S += '0';
4505 else
4506 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
4507 } else {
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004508 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004509 assert((isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) &&
4510 "Unknown array type!");
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004511 S += '0';
4512 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004513
4514 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004515 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
4516 S += ']';
4517 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004518 return;
4519 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004520
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004521 if (T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Anders Carlssonc0a87b72007-10-30 00:06:20 +00004522 S += '?';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004523 return;
4524 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004525
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004526 if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004527 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004528 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{';
Daniel Dunbar502a4a12008-10-17 06:22:57 +00004529 // Anonymous structures print as '?'
4530 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) {
4531 S += II->getName();
Fariborz Jahanian6fb94392010-05-07 00:28:49 +00004532 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
4533 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) {
4534 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
4535 std::string TemplateArgsStr
4536 = TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(
Douglas Gregor910f8002010-11-07 23:05:16 +00004537 TemplateArgs.data(),
4538 TemplateArgs.size(),
Douglas Gregor30c42402011-09-27 22:38:19 +00004539 (*this).getPrintingPolicy());
Fariborz Jahanian6fb94392010-05-07 00:28:49 +00004540
4541 S += TemplateArgsStr;
4542 }
Daniel Dunbar502a4a12008-10-17 06:22:57 +00004543 } else {
4544 S += '?';
4545 }
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00004546 if (ExpandStructures) {
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00004547 S += '=';
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004548 if (!RDecl->isUnion()) {
4549 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RDecl, S, FD);
4550 } else {
4551 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
4552 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
4553 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
4554 if (FD) {
4555 S += '"';
4556 S += Field->getNameAsString();
4557 S += '"';
4558 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004559
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004560 // Special case bit-fields.
4561 if (Field->isBitField()) {
4562 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true,
4563 (*Field));
4564 } else {
4565 QualType qt = Field->getType();
4566 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
4567 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true,
4568 FD, /*OutermostType*/false,
4569 /*EncodingProperty*/false,
4570 /*StructField*/true);
4571 }
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004572 }
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00004573 }
Fariborz Jahanian6de88a82007-11-13 23:21:38 +00004574 }
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004575 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004576 return;
4577 }
Fariborz Jahaniane6012c72010-10-07 21:25:25 +00004578
Douglas Gregor5471bc82011-09-08 17:18:35 +00004579 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004580 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004581 EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004582 else
Douglas Gregor5471bc82011-09-08 17:18:35 +00004583 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(this, ET);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004584 return;
4585 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004586
Bob Wilsondc8dab62011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004587 if (const BlockPointerType *BT = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff21a98b12009-02-02 18:24:29 +00004588 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?".
Bob Wilsondc8dab62011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004589 if (EncodeBlockParameters) {
4590 const FunctionType *FT = BT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
4591
4592 S += '<';
4593 // Block return type
4594 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(FT->getResultType(), S,
4595 ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures,
4596 FD,
4597 false /* OutermostType */,
4598 EncodingProperty,
4599 false /* StructField */,
4600 EncodeBlockParameters,
4601 EncodeClassNames);
4602 // Block self
4603 S += "@?";
4604 // Block parameters
4605 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
4606 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator I = FPT->arg_type_begin(),
4607 E = FPT->arg_type_end(); I && (I != E); ++I) {
4608 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(*I, S,
4609 ExpandPointedToStructures,
4610 ExpandStructures,
4611 FD,
4612 false /* OutermostType */,
4613 EncodingProperty,
4614 false /* StructField */,
4615 EncodeBlockParameters,
4616 EncodeClassNames);
4617 }
4618 }
4619 S += '>';
4620 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004621 return;
4622 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004623
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004624 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level.
4625 if (const ObjCObjectType *OT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
4626 T = OT->getBaseType();
4627
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004628 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004629 // @encode(class_name)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004630 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl();
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004631 S += '{';
4632 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier();
4633 S += II->getName();
4634 S += '=';
Jordy Rosedb8264e2011-07-22 02:08:32 +00004635 SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars;
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00004636 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars);
4637 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
Jordy Rosedb8264e2011-07-22 02:08:32 +00004638 const FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]);
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00004639 if (Field->isBitField())
4640 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field);
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004641 else
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00004642 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004643 }
4644 S += '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004645 return;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004646 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004647
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004648 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004649 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) {
4650 S += '@';
4651 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004652 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004653
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004654 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
4655 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'.
4656 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime
4657 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004658 S += '#';
4659 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004660 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004661
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004662 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004663 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S,
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004664 ExpandPointedToStructures,
4665 ExpandStructures, FD);
Bob Wilsondc8dab62011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004666 if (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004667 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list
4668 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004669 S += '"';
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004670 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
4671 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004672 S += '<';
4673 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
4674 S += '>';
4675 }
4676 S += '"';
4677 }
4678 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004679 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004680
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004681 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType();
4682 if (!EncodingProperty &&
4683 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
4684 // Another historical/compatibility reason.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004685 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004686 // {...};
4687 S += '^';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004688 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S,
4689 false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004690 NULL);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004691 return;
4692 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004693
4694 S += '@';
Bob Wilsondc8dab62011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004695 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() &&
4696 (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames)) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004697 S += '"';
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004698 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName();
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004699 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
4700 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004701 S += '<';
4702 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
4703 S += '>';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004704 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004705 S += '"';
4706 }
4707 return;
4708 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004709
John McCall532ec7b2010-05-17 23:56:34 +00004710 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers.
4711 // TODO: maybe there should be a mangling for these
4712 if (T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
4713 return;
Fariborz Jahaniane6012c72010-10-07 21:25:25 +00004714
4715 if (T->isVectorType()) {
4716 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is
4717 // insufficient.
4718 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc.
4719 return;
4720 }
4721
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00004722 llvm_unreachable("@encode for type not implemented!");
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004723}
4724
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004725void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RDecl,
4726 std::string &S,
4727 const FieldDecl *FD,
4728 bool includeVBases) const {
4729 assert(RDecl && "Expected non-null RecordDecl");
4730 assert(!RDecl->isUnion() && "Should not be called for unions");
4731 if (!RDecl->getDefinition())
4732 return;
4733
4734 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RDecl);
4735 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *> FieldOrBaseOffsets;
4736 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RDecl);
4737
4738 if (CXXRec) {
4739 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator
4740 BI = CXXRec->bases_begin(),
4741 BE = CXXRec->bases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) {
4742 if (!BI->isVirtual()) {
4743 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis829f2002011-06-17 23:19:38 +00004744 if (base->isEmpty())
4745 continue;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004746 uint64_t offs = layout.getBaseClassOffsetInBits(base);
4747 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
4748 std::make_pair(offs, base));
4749 }
4750 }
4751 }
4752
4753 unsigned i = 0;
4754 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
4755 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
4756 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field, ++i) {
4757 uint64_t offs = layout.getFieldOffset(i);
4758 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
4759 std::make_pair(offs, *Field));
4760 }
4761
4762 if (CXXRec && includeVBases) {
4763 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator
4764 BI = CXXRec->vbases_begin(),
4765 BE = CXXRec->vbases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) {
4766 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis829f2002011-06-17 23:19:38 +00004767 if (base->isEmpty())
4768 continue;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004769 uint64_t offs = layout.getVBaseClassOffsetInBits(base);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis19aa8602011-09-26 18:14:24 +00004770 if (FieldOrBaseOffsets.find(offs) == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end())
4771 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(),
4772 std::make_pair(offs, base));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004773 }
4774 }
4775
4776 CharUnits size;
4777 if (CXXRec) {
4778 size = includeVBases ? layout.getSize() : layout.getNonVirtualSize();
4779 } else {
4780 size = layout.getSize();
4781 }
4782
4783 uint64_t CurOffs = 0;
4784 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *>::iterator
4785 CurLayObj = FieldOrBaseOffsets.begin();
4786
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscb8061e2011-08-22 16:03:14 +00004787 if ((CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() && CurLayObj->first != 0) ||
4788 (CurLayObj == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() &&
4789 CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass())) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004790 assert(CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass() &&
4791 "Offset 0 was empty but no VTable ?");
4792 if (FD) {
4793 S += "\"_vptr$";
4794 std::string recname = CXXRec->getNameAsString();
4795 if (recname.empty()) recname = "?";
4796 S += recname;
4797 S += '"';
4798 }
4799 S += "^^?";
4800 CurOffs += getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy);
4801 }
4802
4803 if (!RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
4804 // Mark the end of the structure.
4805 uint64_t offs = toBits(size);
4806 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
4807 std::make_pair(offs, (NamedDecl*)0));
4808 }
4809
4810 for (; CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(); ++CurLayObj) {
4811 assert(CurOffs <= CurLayObj->first);
4812
4813 if (CurOffs < CurLayObj->first) {
4814 uint64_t padding = CurLayObj->first - CurOffs;
4815 // FIXME: There doesn't seem to be a way to indicate in the encoding that
4816 // packing/alignment of members is different that normal, in which case
4817 // the encoding will be out-of-sync with the real layout.
4818 // If the runtime switches to just consider the size of types without
4819 // taking into account alignment, we could make padding explicit in the
4820 // encoding (e.g. using arrays of chars). The encoding strings would be
4821 // longer then though.
4822 CurOffs += padding;
4823 }
4824
4825 NamedDecl *dcl = CurLayObj->second;
4826 if (dcl == 0)
4827 break; // reached end of structure.
4828
4829 if (CXXRecordDecl *base = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(dcl)) {
4830 // We expand the bases without their virtual bases since those are going
4831 // in the initial structure. Note that this differs from gcc which
4832 // expands virtual bases each time one is encountered in the hierarchy,
4833 // making the encoding type bigger than it really is.
4834 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(base, S, FD, /*includeVBases*/false);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis829f2002011-06-17 23:19:38 +00004835 assert(!base->isEmpty());
4836 CurOffs += toBits(getASTRecordLayout(base).getNonVirtualSize());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004837 } else {
4838 FieldDecl *field = cast<FieldDecl>(dcl);
4839 if (FD) {
4840 S += '"';
4841 S += field->getNameAsString();
4842 S += '"';
4843 }
4844
4845 if (field->isBitField()) {
4846 EncodeBitField(this, S, field->getType(), field);
Richard Smitha6b8b2c2011-10-10 18:28:20 +00004847 CurOffs += field->getBitWidthValue(*this);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004848 } else {
4849 QualType qt = field->getType();
4850 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
4851 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD,
4852 /*OutermostType*/false,
4853 /*EncodingProperty*/false,
4854 /*StructField*/true);
4855 CurOffs += getTypeSize(field->getType());
4856 }
4857 }
4858 }
4859}
4860
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004861void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00004862 std::string& S) const {
4863 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
4864 S += 'n';
4865 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
4866 S += 'N';
4867 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
4868 S += 'o';
4869 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
4870 S += 'O';
4871 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
4872 S += 'R';
4873 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
4874 S += 'V';
4875}
4876
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004877void ASTContext::setBuiltinVaListType(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00004878 assert(BuiltinVaListType.isNull() && "__builtin_va_list type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004879
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00004880 BuiltinVaListType = T;
4881}
4882
Douglas Gregor4dfd02a2011-08-12 05:46:01 +00004883TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCIdDecl() const {
4884 if (!ObjCIdDecl) {
4885 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, 0, 0);
4886 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
4887 TypeSourceInfo *IdInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
4888 ObjCIdDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
4889 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
4890 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
4891 &Idents.get("id"), IdInfo);
4892 }
4893
4894 return ObjCIdDecl;
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +00004895}
4896
Douglas Gregor7a27ea52011-08-12 06:17:30 +00004897TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCSelDecl() const {
4898 if (!ObjCSelDecl) {
4899 QualType SelT = getPointerType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy);
4900 TypeSourceInfo *SelInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(SelT);
4901 ObjCSelDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
4902 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
4903 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
4904 &Idents.get("SEL"), SelInfo);
4905 }
4906 return ObjCSelDecl;
Fariborz Jahanianb62f6812007-10-16 20:40:23 +00004907}
4908
Douglas Gregor79d67262011-08-12 05:59:41 +00004909TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCClassDecl() const {
4910 if (!ObjCClassDecl) {
4911 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, 0, 0);
4912 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
4913 TypeSourceInfo *ClassInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
4914 ObjCClassDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
4915 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
4916 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
4917 &Idents.get("Class"), ClassInfo);
4918 }
4919
4920 return ObjCClassDecl;
Anders Carlsson8baaca52007-10-31 02:53:19 +00004921}
4922
Douglas Gregora6ea10e2012-01-17 18:09:05 +00004923ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjCProtocolDecl() const {
4924 if (!ObjCProtocolClassDecl) {
4925 ObjCProtocolClassDecl
4926 = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
4927 SourceLocation(),
4928 &Idents.get("Protocol"),
4929 /*PrevDecl=*/0,
4930 SourceLocation(), true);
4931 }
4932
4933 return ObjCProtocolClassDecl;
4934}
4935
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004936void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004937 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() &&
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00004938 "'NSConstantString' type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004939
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004940 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00004941}
4942
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004943/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty
4944/// lookup.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004945TemplateName
4946ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin,
4947 UnresolvedSetIterator End) const {
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004948 unsigned size = End - Begin;
4949 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!");
4950
4951 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) +
4952 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*));
4953 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size);
4954
4955 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage();
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00004956 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) {
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004957 NamedDecl *D = *I;
4958 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) ||
4959 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
4960 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl())));
4961 *Storage++ = D;
4962 }
4963
4964 return TemplateName(OT);
4965}
4966
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004967/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
4968/// template name such as \c std::vector.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004969TemplateName
4970ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
4971 bool TemplateKeyword,
4972 TemplateDecl *Template) const {
Douglas Gregor0f0ea2a2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00004973 assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name");
4974
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004975 // FIXME: Canonicalization?
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004976 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4977 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
4978
4979 void *InsertPos = 0;
4980 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
4981 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4982 if (!QTN) {
4983 QTN = new (*this,4) QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
4984 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4985 }
4986
4987 return TemplateName(QTN);
4988}
4989
4990/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
4991/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004992TemplateName
4993ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
4994 const IdentifierInfo *Name) const {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004995 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00004996 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004997
4998 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4999 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
5000
5001 void *InsertPos = 0;
5002 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
5003 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
5004
5005 if (QTN)
5006 return TemplateName(QTN);
5007
5008 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
5009 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
5010 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name);
5011 } else {
5012 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name);
5013 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00005014 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN =
5015 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
5016 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken");
5017 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00005018 }
5019
5020 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
5021 return TemplateName(QTN);
5022}
5023
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00005024/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
5025/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+.
5026TemplateName
5027ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005028 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const {
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00005029 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
5030 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
5031
5032 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
5033 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator);
5034
5035 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00005036 DependentTemplateName *QTN
5037 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00005038
5039 if (QTN)
5040 return TemplateName(QTN);
5041
5042 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
5043 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
5044 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator);
5045 } else {
5046 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator);
5047 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00005048
5049 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN
5050 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
5051 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken");
5052 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00005053 }
5054
5055 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
5056 return TemplateName(QTN);
5057}
5058
Douglas Gregor1aee05d2011-01-15 06:45:20 +00005059TemplateName
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00005060ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParm(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *param,
5061 TemplateName replacement) const {
5062 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
5063 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage::Profile(ID, param, replacement);
5064
5065 void *insertPos = 0;
5066 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
5067 = SubstTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
5068
5069 if (!subst) {
5070 subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage(param, replacement);
5071 SubstTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(subst, insertPos);
5072 }
5073
5074 return TemplateName(subst);
5075}
5076
5077TemplateName
Douglas Gregor1aee05d2011-01-15 06:45:20 +00005078ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5079 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const {
5080 ASTContext &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this);
5081 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
5082 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack);
5083
5084 void *InsertPos = 0;
5085 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst
5086 = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
5087
5088 if (!Subst) {
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00005089 Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Param,
Douglas Gregor1aee05d2011-01-15 06:45:20 +00005090 ArgPack.pack_size(),
5091 ArgPack.pack_begin());
5092 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos);
5093 }
5094
5095 return TemplateName(Subst);
5096}
5097
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00005098/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by
Douglas Gregord9341122008-11-03 15:57:00 +00005099/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type
5100/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType.
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00005101CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00005102 switch (Type) {
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00005103 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00005104 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy;
5105 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy;
5106 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy;
5107 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy;
5108 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy;
5109 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy;
5110 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy;
5111 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy;
5112 }
5113
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00005114 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value");
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00005115}
Ted Kremenekb6ccaac2008-07-24 23:58:27 +00005116
5117//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5118// Type Predicates.
5119//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5120
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00005121/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's
5122/// garbage collection attribute.
5123///
John McCallae278a32011-01-12 00:34:59 +00005124Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const {
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00005125 if (getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC)
John McCallae278a32011-01-12 00:34:59 +00005126 return Qualifiers::GCNone;
5127
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00005128 assert(getLangOpts().ObjC1);
John McCallae278a32011-01-12 00:34:59 +00005129 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr();
5130
5131 // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers
5132 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared
5133 // as __strong.
5134 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) {
5135 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
5136 return Qualifiers::Strong;
5137 else if (Ty->isPointerType())
5138 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
5139 } else {
5140 // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a
5141 // pointer.
5142#ifndef NDEBUG
5143 QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
5144 while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT))
5145 CT = AT->getElementType();
5146 assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType());
5147#endif
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00005148 }
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00005149 return GCAttrs;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00005150}
5151
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005152//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5153// Type Compatibility Testing
5154//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner770951b2007-11-01 05:03:41 +00005155
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005156/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005157/// compatible.
5158static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS,
5159 const VectorType *RHS) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00005160 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified());
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005161 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() &&
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005162 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements();
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005163}
5164
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00005165bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec,
5166 QualType SecondVec) {
5167 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type");
5168 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type");
5169
5170 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec))
5171 return true;
5172
Bob Wilsonf69eb7c2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00005173 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the
5174 // equivalent GCC vector types.
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00005175 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>();
5176 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>();
Bob Wilsonf69eb7c2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00005177 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() &&
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00005178 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) &&
Bob Wilsonf69eb7c2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00005179 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
5180 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool &&
5181 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
5182 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool)
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00005183 return true;
5184
5185 return false;
5186}
5187
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005188//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5189// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's.
5190//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5191
5192/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the
5193/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005194bool
5195ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto,
5196 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const {
Douglas Gregor3fc73ee2012-01-01 18:09:12 +00005197 if (declaresSameEntity(lProto, rProto))
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005198 return true;
5199 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(),
5200 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
5201 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI))
5202 return true;
5203 return false;
5204}
5205
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005206/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<p,...> with id<p1,...>
5207/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false
5208/// otherwise.
5209bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
5210 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
5211 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false);
5212 return false;
5213}
5214
Fariborz Jahaniana8f8dac2010-07-19 22:02:22 +00005215/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<p,...> and
5216/// Class<p1, ...>.
5217bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs,
5218 QualType rhs) {
5219 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
5220 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
5221 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible");
5222
5223 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
5224 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5225 bool match = false;
5226 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
5227 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
5228 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
5229 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
5230 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) {
5231 match = true;
5232 break;
5233 }
5234 }
5235 if (!match)
5236 return false;
5237 }
5238 return true;
5239}
5240
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005241/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an
5242/// ObjCQualifiedIDType.
5243bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
5244 bool compare) {
5245 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005246 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005247 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType())
5248 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005249 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005250 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType())
5251 return true;
5252
5253 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005254 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005255
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005256 if (!rhsOPT) return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005257
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005258 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005259 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005260 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
5261 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
5262 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
5263 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5264 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
5265 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
5266 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00005267 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true))
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005268 return false;
5269 }
5270 }
5271 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'.
5272 return true;
5273 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005274 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005275 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
5276 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5277 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
5278 bool match = false;
5279
5280 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
5281 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
5282 // through its super class and categories.
5283 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
5284 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
5285 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
5286 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
5287 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
5288 match = true;
5289 break;
5290 }
5291 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005292 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005293 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
5294 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
5295 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
5296 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5297 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
5298 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
5299 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00005300 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005301 match = true;
5302 break;
5303 }
5304 }
5305 }
5306 if (!match)
5307 return false;
5308 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005309
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005310 return true;
5311 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005312
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005313 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType();
5314 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>");
5315
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005316 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT =
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005317 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniande5b17e2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00005318 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005319 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(),
5320 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5321 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
5322 bool match = false;
5323
Fariborz Jahaniande5b17e2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00005324 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs,
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005325 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
5326 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahaniande5b17e2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00005327 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct
5328 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005329 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
5330 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
5331 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
5332 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
5333 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
5334 match = true;
5335 break;
5336 }
5337 }
5338 if (!match)
5339 return false;
5340 }
Fariborz Jahaniande5b17e2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00005341
5342 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols
5343 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
5344 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
5345 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
5346 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols);
5347 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has
5348 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s)
5349 // assume that it is mismatch.
5350 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty())
5351 return false;
5352 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
5353 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
5354 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) {
5355 bool match = false;
5356 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I);
5357 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
5358 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
5359 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
5360 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
5361 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
5362 match = true;
5363 break;
5364 }
5365 }
5366 if (!match)
5367 return false;
5368 }
5369 }
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005370 return true;
5371 }
5372 return false;
5373}
5374
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005375/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005376/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any
5377/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS.
5378///
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005379bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
5380 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005381 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
5382 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
5383
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00005384 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005385 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() ||
5386 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005387 return true;
5388
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005389 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005390 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
5391 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005392 false);
Fariborz Jahaniana8f8dac2010-07-19 22:02:22 +00005393
5394 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass())
5395 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
5396 QualType(RHSOPT,0));
5397
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005398 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path.
5399 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface())
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005400 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005401
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005402 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005403}
5404
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005405/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written
Chris Lattnerfc8f0e12011-04-15 05:22:18 +00005406/// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005407/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where
5408/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is
5409/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK.
5410bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
5411 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
Fariborz Jahaniana4fdbfa2011-03-14 16:07:00 +00005412 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
5413 bool BlockReturnType) {
Fariborz Jahaniana9834482010-04-06 17:23:39 +00005414 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType())
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005415 return true;
5416
5417 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
5418 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType();
5419 }
5420
Fariborz Jahaniana9834482010-04-06 17:23:39 +00005421 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005422 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
5423 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
5424 false);
5425
5426 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
5427 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
5428 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types.
5429 if (LHS != RHS) {
5430 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl()))
Fariborz Jahaniana4fdbfa2011-03-14 16:07:00 +00005431 return BlockReturnType;
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005432 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl()))
Fariborz Jahaniana4fdbfa2011-03-14 16:07:00 +00005433 return !BlockReturnType;
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005434 }
5435 else
5436 return true;
5437 }
5438 return false;
5439}
5440
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005441/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set
5442/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects.
5443/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of
5444/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects.
5445static
5446void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context,
5447 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
5448 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00005449 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005450
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005451 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
5452 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
5453 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base");
5454 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base");
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005455
5456 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet;
5457 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols();
5458 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0)
5459 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end());
5460 else {
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00005461 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005462 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(),
5463 LHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005464 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
5465 LHSInheritedProtocols.end());
5466 }
5467
5468 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols();
5469 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) {
Dan Gohmancb421fa2010-04-19 16:39:44 +00005470 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols =
5471 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin());
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005472 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i)
5473 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i]))
5474 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]);
Chad Rosier30601782011-08-17 23:08:45 +00005475 } else {
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00005476 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005477 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(),
5478 RHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00005479 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
5480 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
5481 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I)
5482 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I)))
5483 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I));
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005484 }
5485}
5486
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00005487/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if
5488/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the
5489/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a
5490/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare.
5491QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible(
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005492 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr,
5493 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) {
5494 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType();
5495 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType();
5496 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface();
5497 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface();
Douglas Gregor60ef3082011-12-15 00:29:59 +00005498 if (!LDecl || !RDecl || (declaresSameEntity(LDecl, RDecl)))
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00005499 return QualType();
5500
Fariborz Jahanian7c2bdcb2011-04-18 21:16:59 +00005501 do {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005502 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl));
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005503 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) {
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00005504 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005505 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols);
5506
5507 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0);
5508 if (!Protocols.empty())
5509 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size());
5510 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result);
5511 return Result;
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005512 }
Fariborz Jahanian7c2bdcb2011-04-18 21:16:59 +00005513 } while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass()));
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00005514
5515 return QualType();
5516}
5517
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005518bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS,
5519 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) {
5520 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type");
5521 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type");
5522
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005523 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of
5524 // the LHS.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005525 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()))
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005526 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005527
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005528 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not
5529 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00005530 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005531 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005532
Fariborz Jahanianb7bc34a2011-04-08 18:25:29 +00005533 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't,
5534 // more detailed analysis is required.
5535 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) {
5536 // OK, if LHS is a superclass of RHS *and*
5537 // this superclass is assignment compatible with LHS.
5538 // false otherwise.
Fariborz Jahanian627788c2011-04-12 16:34:14 +00005539 bool IsSuperClass =
5540 LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface());
5541 if (IsSuperClass) {
Fariborz Jahanianb7bc34a2011-04-08 18:25:29 +00005542 // OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types
5543 // ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols
5544 // in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj<P1> = lhs<P1,P2> is ok.
5545 // But not SuperObj<P1,P2,P3> = lhs<P1,P2>.
5546 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> SuperClassInheritedProtocols;
Fariborz Jahanian627788c2011-04-12 16:34:14 +00005547 CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanianb7bc34a2011-04-08 18:25:29 +00005548 // If super class has no protocols, it is not a match.
5549 if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty())
5550 return false;
5551
5552 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
5553 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
5554 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
5555 bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false;
5556 ObjCProtocolDecl *LHSProto = (*LHSPI);
5557
5558 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
5559 SuperClassInheritedProtocols.begin(),
5560 E = SuperClassInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) {
5561 ObjCProtocolDecl *SuperClassProto = (*I);
5562 if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) {
5563 SuperImplementsProtocol = true;
5564 break;
5565 }
5566 }
5567 if (!SuperImplementsProtocol)
5568 return false;
5569 }
5570 return true;
5571 }
5572 return false;
5573 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005574
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005575 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
5576 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00005577 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
5578 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false;
5579
5580 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types
5581 // are incompatible.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005582 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(),
5583 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00005584 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) {
5585 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) {
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00005586 RHSImplementsProtocol = true;
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00005587 break;
5588 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00005589 }
5590 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name.
5591 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol)
5592 return false;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005593 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00005594 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS.
5595 return true;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005596}
5597
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00005598bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
5599 // get the "pointed to" types
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005600 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
5601 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005602
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005603 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT)
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00005604 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005605
5606 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) ||
5607 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT);
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00005608}
5609
Douglas Gregor569c3162010-08-07 11:51:51 +00005610bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) {
5611 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(
5612 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
5613 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>());
5614}
5615
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005616/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible,
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005617/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005618/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005619/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules.
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005620bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
5621 bool CompareUnqualified) {
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00005622 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregor0e709ab2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00005623 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS);
5624
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005625 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005626}
5627
Fariborz Jahanianc286f382011-07-12 22:05:16 +00005628bool ASTContext::propertyTypesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Fariborz Jahanian82378392011-07-12 23:20:13 +00005629 return typesAreCompatible(LHS, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianc286f382011-07-12 22:05:16 +00005630}
5631
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005632bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
5633 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull();
5634}
5635
Peter Collingbourne48466752010-10-24 18:30:18 +00005636/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member
5637/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return
5638/// QualType()
5639QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType,
5640 bool OfBlockPointer,
5641 bool Unqualified) {
5642 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) {
5643 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
5644 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) {
5645 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
5646 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) {
Peter Collingbournef91d7572010-12-02 21:00:06 +00005647 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbourne48466752010-10-24 18:30:18 +00005648 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
5649 if (!MT.isNull())
5650 return MT;
5651 }
5652 }
5653 }
5654
5655 return QualType();
5656}
5657
5658/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function
5659/// argument types
5660QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
5661 bool OfBlockPointer,
5662 bool Unqualified) {
5663 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function
5664 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other
5665 // type is compatible with a union member
5666 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer,
5667 Unqualified);
5668 if (!lmerge.isNull())
5669 return lmerge;
5670
5671 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer,
5672 Unqualified);
5673 if (!rmerge.isNull())
5674 return rmerge;
5675
5676 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
5677}
5678
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005679QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005680 bool OfBlockPointer,
5681 bool Unqualified) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005682 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
5683 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005684 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase);
5685 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005686 bool allLTypes = true;
5687 bool allRTypes = true;
5688
5689 // Check return type
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005690 QualType retType;
Fariborz Jahaniand263fd12011-02-11 18:46:17 +00005691 if (OfBlockPointer) {
5692 QualType RHS = rbase->getResultType();
5693 QualType LHS = lbase->getResultType();
5694 bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified;
5695 if (!UnqualifiedResult)
5696 UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers());
Fariborz Jahaniana4fdbfa2011-03-14 16:07:00 +00005697 retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true);
Fariborz Jahaniand263fd12011-02-11 18:46:17 +00005698 }
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005699 else
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005700 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false,
5701 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005702 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005703
5704 if (Unqualified)
5705 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType();
5706
5707 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType());
5708 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType());
5709 if (Unqualified) {
5710 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
5711 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
5712 }
5713
5714 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType)
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005715 allLTypes = false;
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005716 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType)
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005717 allRTypes = false;
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005718
Daniel Dunbar6a15c852010-04-28 16:20:58 +00005719 // FIXME: double check this
5720 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
5721 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
5722 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()?
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00005723 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo();
5724 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo();
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005725
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00005726 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005727 if (!isSameCallConv(lbaseInfo.getCC(), rbaseInfo.getCC()))
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00005728 return QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005729
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005730 // Regparm is part of the calling convention.
Eli Friedmana49218e2011-04-09 08:18:08 +00005731 if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm())
5732 return QualType();
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005733 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm())
5734 return QualType();
5735
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005736 if (lbaseInfo.getProducesResult() != rbaseInfo.getProducesResult())
5737 return QualType();
5738
Fariborz Jahanian53c81672011-10-05 00:05:34 +00005739 // functypes which return are preferred over those that do not.
5740 if (lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() && !rbaseInfo.getNoReturn())
5741 allLTypes = false;
5742 else if (!lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() && rbaseInfo.getNoReturn())
5743 allRTypes = false;
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005744 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'.
5745 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn();
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005746
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005747 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo = lbaseInfo.withNoReturn(NoReturn);
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005748
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005749 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00005750 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() &&
5751 "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005752 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs();
5753 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs();
5754
5755 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments
5756 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs)
5757 return QualType();
5758
5759 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible
5760 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic())
5761 return QualType();
5762
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7fb5e482008-10-26 16:43:14 +00005763 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals())
5764 return QualType();
5765
Fariborz Jahanian78213e42011-09-28 21:52:05 +00005766 if (LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount &&
5767 !FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(rproto, lproto))
5768 return QualType();
5769
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005770 // Check argument compatibility
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00005771 SmallVector<QualType, 10> types;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005772 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) {
5773 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
5774 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbourne48466752010-10-24 18:30:18 +00005775 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype,
5776 OfBlockPointer,
5777 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005778 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005779
5780 if (Unqualified)
5781 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType();
5782
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005783 types.push_back(argtype);
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005784 if (Unqualified) {
5785 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType();
5786 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType();
5787 }
5788
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005789 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype))
5790 allLTypes = false;
5791 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype))
5792 allRTypes = false;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005793 }
Fariborz Jahanian78213e42011-09-28 21:52:05 +00005794
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005795 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
5796 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005797
5798 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo();
5799 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo;
5800 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(), EPI);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005801 }
5802
5803 if (lproto) allRTypes = false;
5804 if (rproto) allLTypes = false;
5805
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005806 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005807 if (proto) {
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00005808 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005809 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType();
5810 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that
5811 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15).
5812 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer
5813 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different
5814 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible.
5815 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs();
5816 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) {
5817 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i);
Douglas Gregorb0f8eac2010-02-03 19:27:29 +00005818
5819 // Look at the promotion type of enum types, since that is the type used
5820 // to pass enum values.
5821 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5822 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
5823
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005824 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ||
5825 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy)
5826 return QualType();
5827 }
5828
5829 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
5830 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005831
5832 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo();
5833 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005834 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(),
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005835 proto->getNumArgs(), EPI);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005836 }
5837
5838 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
5839 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005840 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005841}
5842
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005843QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005844 bool OfBlockPointer,
Fariborz Jahaniana4fdbfa2011-03-14 16:07:00 +00005845 bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) {
Bill Wendling43d69752007-12-03 07:33:35 +00005846 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the
5847 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression
5848 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00005849 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and
5850 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses).
Douglas Gregor0e709ab2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00005851 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?");
5852 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?");
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005853
5854 if (Unqualified) {
5855 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType();
5856 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType();
5857 }
Douglas Gregor0e709ab2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00005858
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005859 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
5860 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
5861
5862 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
5863 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
5864 return LHS;
5865
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005866 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00005867 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5868 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005869 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
5870 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type
5871 // mismatch.
5872 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005873 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace() ||
5874 LQuals.getObjCLifetime() != RQuals.getObjCLifetime())
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005875 return QualType();
5876
5877 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
5878 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
5879 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
5880 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
5881 // qualified __strong.
5882 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5883 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5884 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
5885
5886 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
5887 return QualType();
5888
5889 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5890 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong));
5891 }
5892 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5893 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS);
5894 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005895 return QualType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005896 }
5897
5898 // Okay, qualifiers are equal.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005899
Eli Friedman852d63b2009-06-01 01:22:52 +00005900 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass();
5901 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005902
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005903 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these
5904 // comparisons, just force one to the other.
5905 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
5906 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
Eli Friedman4c721d32008-02-12 08:23:06 +00005907
5908 // Same as above for arrays
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00005909 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
5910 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
5911 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
5912 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005913
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005914 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects.
5915 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
5916 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
5917
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00005918 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector.
5919 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector;
5920 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005921
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00005922 // If the canonical type classes don't match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005923 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) {
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005924 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005925 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type.
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00005926 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion
5927 // type.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005928 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanianb918d6b2012-02-06 19:06:20 +00005929 QualType TINT = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5930 if (!TINT.isNull() && hasSameType(TINT, RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType()))
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005931 return RHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00005932 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005933 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanianb918d6b2012-02-06 19:06:20 +00005934 QualType TINT = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5935 if (!TINT.isNull() && hasSameType(TINT, LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType()))
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005936 return LHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00005937 }
Fariborz Jahaniane7cff2c2012-01-26 00:45:38 +00005938 // allow block pointer type to match an 'id' type.
Fariborz Jahanian41963632012-01-26 17:08:50 +00005939 if (OfBlockPointer && !BlockReturnType) {
5940 if (LHS->isObjCIdType() && RHS->isBlockPointerType())
5941 return LHS;
5942 if (RHS->isObjCIdType() && LHS->isBlockPointerType())
5943 return RHS;
5944 }
Fariborz Jahaniane7cff2c2012-01-26 00:45:38 +00005945
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005946 return QualType();
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005947 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005948
Steve Naroff4a746782008-01-09 22:43:08 +00005949 // The canonical type classes match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005950 switch (LHSClass) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005951#define TYPE(Class, Base)
5952#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
John McCallad5e7382010-03-01 23:49:17 +00005953#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005954#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
5955#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
5956#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00005957 llvm_unreachable("Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here");
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005958
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00005959 case Type::LValueReference:
5960 case Type::RValueReference:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005961 case Type::MemberPointer:
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00005962 llvm_unreachable("C++ should never be in mergeTypes");
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005963
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005964 case Type::ObjCInterface:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005965 case Type::IncompleteArray:
5966 case Type::VariableArray:
5967 case Type::FunctionProto:
5968 case Type::ExtVector:
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00005969 llvm_unreachable("Types are eliminated above");
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005970
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005971 case Type::Pointer:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005972 {
5973 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005974 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5975 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005976 if (Unqualified) {
5977 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5978 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5979 }
5980 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false,
5981 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005982 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00005983 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005984 return LHS;
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00005985 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005986 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005987 return getPointerType(ResultType);
5988 }
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00005989 case Type::BlockPointer:
5990 {
5991 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005992 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5993 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005994 if (Unqualified) {
5995 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5996 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5997 }
5998 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer,
5999 Unqualified);
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00006000 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
6001 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
6002 return LHS;
6003 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
6004 return RHS;
6005 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
6006 }
Eli Friedmanb001de72011-10-06 23:00:33 +00006007 case Type::Atomic:
6008 {
6009 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
6010 QualType LHSValue = LHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType();
6011 QualType RHSValue = RHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType();
6012 if (Unqualified) {
6013 LHSValue = LHSValue.getUnqualifiedType();
6014 RHSValue = RHSValue.getUnqualifiedType();
6015 }
6016 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSValue, RHSValue, false,
6017 Unqualified);
6018 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
6019 if (getCanonicalType(LHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
6020 return LHS;
6021 if (getCanonicalType(RHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
6022 return RHS;
6023 return getAtomicType(ResultType);
6024 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00006025 case Type::ConstantArray:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006026 {
6027 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS);
6028 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS);
6029 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize())
6030 return QualType();
6031
6032 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType();
6033 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006034 if (Unqualified) {
6035 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
6036 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
6037 }
6038
6039 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006040 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00006041 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
6042 return LHS;
6043 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
6044 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00006045 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(),
6046 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
6047 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(),
6048 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006049 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS);
6050 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS);
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00006051 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
6052 return LHS;
6053 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
6054 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006055 if (LVAT) {
6056 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
6057 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type
6058 // has to be different.
6059 return LHS;
6060 }
6061 if (RVAT) {
6062 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
6063 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type
6064 // has to be different.
6065 return RHS;
6066 }
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00006067 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS;
6068 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS;
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00006069 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType,
6070 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006071 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00006072 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006073 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006074 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006075 case Type::Enum:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006076 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00006077 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00006078 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006079 return QualType();
Daniel Dunbar64cfdb72009-01-28 21:22:12 +00006080 case Type::Complex:
6081 // Distinct complex types are incompatible.
6082 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00006083 case Type::Vector:
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00006084 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector!
John McCall1c471f32010-03-12 23:14:13 +00006085 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(),
6086 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>()))
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006087 return LHS;
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00006088 return QualType();
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006089 case Type::ObjCObject: {
6090 // Check if the types are assignment compatible.
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00006091 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether
6092 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006093 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
6094 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
6095 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
Steve Naroff5fd659d2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00006096 return LHS;
6097
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006098 return QualType();
Cedric Venet61490e92009-02-21 17:14:49 +00006099 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006100 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006101 if (OfBlockPointer) {
6102 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
6103 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
Fariborz Jahaniana4fdbfa2011-03-14 16:07:00 +00006104 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
6105 BlockReturnType))
David Blaikie7530c032012-01-17 06:56:22 +00006106 return LHS;
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006107 return QualType();
6108 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006109 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
6110 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006111 return LHS;
6112
Steve Naroffbc76dd02008-12-10 22:14:21 +00006113 return QualType();
David Blaikie7530c032012-01-17 06:56:22 +00006114 }
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00006115 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006116
David Blaikie7530c032012-01-17 06:56:22 +00006117 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type::Class!");
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00006118}
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00006119
Fariborz Jahanian78213e42011-09-28 21:52:05 +00006120bool ASTContext::FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(
6121 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType,
6122 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType) {
6123 if (FromFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs() !=
6124 ToFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs())
6125 return false;
6126 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo FromEPI =
6127 FromFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo();
6128 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo ToEPI =
6129 ToFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo();
6130 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments && ToEPI.ConsumedArguments)
6131 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs();
6132 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
6133 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx] !=
6134 ToEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx])
6135 return false;
6136 }
6137 return true;
6138}
6139
Fariborz Jahanian2390a722010-05-19 21:37:30 +00006140/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and
6141/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function
6142/// return types.
6143QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
6144 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
6145 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
6146 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
6147 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
6148 return LHS;
6149 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) {
6150 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType())
6151 return QualType();
6152 QualType OldReturnType =
6153 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
6154 QualType NewReturnType =
6155 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
6156 QualType ResReturnType =
6157 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType);
6158 if (ResReturnType.isNull())
6159 return QualType();
6160 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) {
6161 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo();
6162 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type.
6163 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>();
6164 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) {
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00006165 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
6166 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS);
Fariborz Jahanian2390a722010-05-19 21:37:30 +00006167 QualType ResultType
6168 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->arg_type_begin(),
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00006169 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
Fariborz Jahanian2390a722010-05-19 21:37:30 +00006170 return ResultType;
6171 }
6172 }
6173 return QualType();
6174 }
6175
6176 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged.
6177 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
6178 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
6179 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
6180 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch.
6181 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
6182 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
6183 return QualType();
6184
6185 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
6186 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
6187 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
6188 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
6189 // qualified __strong.
6190 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
6191 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
6192 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
6193
6194 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
6195 return QualType();
6196
6197 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong)
6198 return LHS;
6199 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong)
6200 return RHS;
6201 return QualType();
6202 }
6203
6204 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
6205 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6206 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6207 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT);
6208 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT)
6209 return LHS;
6210 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT)
6211 return RHS;
6212 }
6213 return QualType();
6214}
6215
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +00006216//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00006217// Integer Predicates
6218//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner88054de2009-01-16 07:15:35 +00006219
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00006220unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const {
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00006221 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
Eli Friedman29a7f332009-12-10 22:29:29 +00006222 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregor1274ccd2010-10-08 23:50:27 +00006223 if (T->isBooleanType())
6224 return 1;
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00006225 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00006226 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T);
6227}
6228
6229QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) {
Douglas Gregorf6094622010-07-23 15:58:24 +00006230 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type");
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00006231
6232 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int>
6233 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>())
6234 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()),
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00006235 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind());
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00006236
6237 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type.
6238 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>())
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00006239 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00006240
6241 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
6242 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00006243 switch (BTy->getKind()) {
6244 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
6245 case BuiltinType::SChar:
6246 return UnsignedCharTy;
6247 case BuiltinType::Short:
6248 return UnsignedShortTy;
6249 case BuiltinType::Int:
6250 return UnsignedIntTy;
6251 case BuiltinType::Long:
6252 return UnsignedLongTy;
6253 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
6254 return UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00006255 case BuiltinType::Int128:
6256 return UnsignedInt128Ty;
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00006257 default:
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00006258 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00006259 }
6260}
6261
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7b903402010-10-24 17:26:36 +00006262ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { }
6263
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006264
6265//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6266// Builtin Type Computation
6267//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6268
6269/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00006270/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If
6271/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic
6272/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of
6273/// a vector of "i*".
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006274///
6275/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required
6276/// to be an Integer Constant Expression.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00006277static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context,
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006278 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006279 bool &RequiresICE,
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00006280 bool AllowTypeModifiers) {
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006281 // Modifiers.
6282 int HowLong = 0;
6283 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false;
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006284 RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00006285
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00006286 // Read the prefixed modifiers first.
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006287 bool Done = false;
6288 while (!Done) {
6289 switch (*Str++) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006290 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00006291 case 'I':
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006292 RequiresICE = true;
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00006293 break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006294 case 'S':
6295 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
6296 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
6297 Signed = true;
6298 break;
6299 case 'U':
6300 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
6301 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
6302 Unsigned = true;
6303 break;
6304 case 'L':
6305 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier");
6306 ++HowLong;
6307 break;
6308 }
6309 }
6310
6311 QualType Type;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006312
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006313 // Read the base type.
6314 switch (*Str++) {
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00006315 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type letter!");
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006316 case 'v':
6317 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
6318 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!");
6319 Type = Context.VoidTy;
6320 break;
6321 case 'f':
6322 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
6323 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!");
6324 Type = Context.FloatTy;
6325 break;
6326 case 'd':
6327 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
6328 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!");
6329 if (HowLong)
6330 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy;
6331 else
6332 Type = Context.DoubleTy;
6333 break;
6334 case 's':
6335 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!");
6336 if (Unsigned)
6337 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
6338 else
6339 Type = Context.ShortTy;
6340 break;
6341 case 'i':
6342 if (HowLong == 3)
6343 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty;
6344 else if (HowLong == 2)
6345 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
6346 else if (HowLong == 1)
6347 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
6348 else
6349 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
6350 break;
6351 case 'c':
6352 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!");
6353 if (Signed)
6354 Type = Context.SignedCharTy;
6355 else if (Unsigned)
6356 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
6357 else
6358 Type = Context.CharTy;
6359 break;
6360 case 'b': // boolean
6361 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!");
6362 Type = Context.BoolTy;
6363 break;
6364 case 'z': // size_t.
6365 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!");
6366 Type = Context.getSizeType();
6367 break;
6368 case 'F':
6369 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType();
6370 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8bda02010-11-09 21:38:20 +00006371 case 'G':
6372 Type = Context.getObjCIdType();
6373 break;
6374 case 'H':
6375 Type = Context.getObjCSelType();
6376 break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006377 case 'a':
6378 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
6379 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
6380 break;
6381 case 'A':
6382 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly
6383 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two
6384 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones
6385 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is
6386 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list
6387 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86,
6388 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want
6389 // it to be a __va_list_tag*.
6390 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
6391 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006392 if (Type->isArrayType())
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006393 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type);
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006394 else
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006395 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006396 break;
6397 case 'V': {
6398 char *End;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006399 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
6400 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006401 Str = End;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006402
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006403 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error,
6404 RequiresICE, false);
6405 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE");
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00006406
6407 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet.
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00006408 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements,
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00006409 VectorType::GenericVector);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006410 break;
6411 }
Douglas Gregord3a23b22009-09-28 21:45:01 +00006412 case 'X': {
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006413 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE,
6414 false);
6415 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE");
Douglas Gregord3a23b22009-09-28 21:45:01 +00006416 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType);
6417 break;
Fariborz Jahaniancc075e42011-08-23 23:33:09 +00006418 }
6419 case 'Y' : {
6420 Type = Context.getPointerDiffType();
6421 break;
6422 }
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00006423 case 'P':
Douglas Gregorc29f77b2009-07-07 16:35:42 +00006424 Type = Context.getFILEType();
6425 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00006426 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006427 return QualType();
6428 }
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00006429 break;
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00006430 case 'J':
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00006431 if (Signed)
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00006432 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType();
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00006433 else
6434 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType();
6435
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00006436 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00006437 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp;
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00006438 return QualType();
6439 }
6440 break;
Rafael Espindolae2d4f4e2011-11-13 21:51:09 +00006441 case 'K':
6442 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'K'!");
6443 Type = Context.getucontext_tType();
6444
6445 if (Type.isNull()) {
6446 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext;
6447 return QualType();
6448 }
6449 break;
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00006450 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006451
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00006452 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it.
6453 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006454 while (!Done) {
John McCall187ab372010-03-12 04:21:28 +00006455 switch (char c = *Str++) {
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00006456 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
6457 case '*':
6458 case '&': {
6459 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types
6460 // qualified with an address space.
6461 char *End;
6462 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
6463 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) {
6464 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace);
6465 Str = End;
6466 }
6467 if (c == '*')
6468 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type);
6469 else
6470 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
6471 break;
6472 }
6473 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg.
6474 case 'C':
6475 Type = Type.withConst();
6476 break;
6477 case 'D':
6478 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type);
6479 break;
Ted Kremenek18932a02012-01-20 21:40:12 +00006480 case 'R':
6481 Type = Type.withRestrict();
6482 break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006483 }
6484 }
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00006485
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006486 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) &&
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00006487 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006488
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006489 return Type;
6490}
6491
6492/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin.
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00006493QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id,
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006494 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00006495 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const {
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00006496 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006497
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00006498 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006499
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006500 bool RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006501 Error = GE_None;
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006502 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error,
6503 RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006504 if (Error != GE_None)
6505 return QualType();
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006506
6507 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE");
6508
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006509 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') {
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006510 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006511 if (Error != GE_None)
6512 return QualType();
6513
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006514 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the
6515 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return.
6516 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs)
6517 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size();
6518
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006519 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type.
6520 if (Ty->isArrayType())
6521 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006522
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006523 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty);
6524 }
6525
6526 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) &&
6527 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!");
6528
John McCall00ccbef2010-12-21 00:44:39 +00006529 FunctionType::ExtInfo EI;
6530 if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true);
6531
6532 bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.');
6533
6534 // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here, especially in C++.
6535 if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic)
6536 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI);
Douglas Gregorce056bc2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00006537
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00006538 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
John McCall00ccbef2010-12-21 00:44:39 +00006539 EPI.ExtInfo = EI;
6540 EPI.Variadic = Variadic;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00006541
6542 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(), EPI);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006543}
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00006544
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006545GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
6546 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal;
6547
6548 Linkage L = FD->getLinkage();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006549 switch (L) {
6550 case NoLinkage:
6551 case InternalLinkage:
6552 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
6553 return GVA_Internal;
6554
6555 case ExternalLinkage:
6556 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) {
6557 case TSK_Undeclared:
6558 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
6559 External = GVA_StrongExternal;
6560 break;
6561
6562 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
6563 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
6564
6565 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
6566 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
6567 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
6568 break;
6569 }
6570 }
6571
6572 if (!FD->isInlined())
6573 return External;
6574
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00006575 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006576 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be
6577 // externally visible.
6578 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible())
6579 return External;
6580
6581 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible.
6582 return GVA_C99Inline;
6583 }
6584
6585 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9:
6586 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of
6587 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly
6588 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for
6589 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be
6590 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ]
6591 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6592 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration)
6593 return GVA_C99Inline;
6594
6595 return GVA_CXXInline;
6596}
6597
6598GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) {
6599 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template
6600 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a
6601 // template.
6602 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared;
6603 if (VD->isStaticDataMember())
6604 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind();
6605
6606 Linkage L = VD->getLinkage();
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00006607 if (L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006608 VD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage)
6609 L = UniqueExternalLinkage;
6610
6611 switch (L) {
6612 case NoLinkage:
6613 case InternalLinkage:
6614 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
6615 return GVA_Internal;
6616
6617 case ExternalLinkage:
6618 switch (TSK) {
6619 case TSK_Undeclared:
6620 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
6621 return GVA_StrongExternal;
6622
6623 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
6624 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated");
6625 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation.
6626
6627 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
6628 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
6629
6630 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
6631 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
6632 }
6633 }
6634
David Blaikie7530c032012-01-17 06:56:22 +00006635 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Linkage!");
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006636}
6637
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4ac7c0b2010-07-29 20:08:05 +00006638bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006639 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
6640 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl())
6641 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis144b38a2011-09-13 21:35:00 +00006642 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006643 return false;
6644
Argyrios Kyrtzidisab411c82010-07-29 20:07:52 +00006645 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves.
6646 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>())
6647 return false;
6648
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006649 // Aliases and used decls are required.
6650 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
6651 return true;
6652
6653 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
6654 // Forward declarations aren't required.
Sean Hunt10620eb2011-05-06 20:44:56 +00006655 if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
Nick Lewyckydce67a72011-07-18 05:26:13 +00006656 return FD->doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006657
6658 // Constructors and destructors are required.
6659 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>())
6660 return true;
6661
6662 // The key function for a class is required.
6663 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
6664 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent();
6665 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) {
6666 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getKeyFunction(RD);
6667 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl())
6668 return true;
6669 }
6670 }
6671
6672 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD);
6673
6674 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can
6675 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++.
6676 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++.
6677 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline ||
Anton Yartsev3a5aca82012-02-02 06:06:34 +00006678 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006679 return false;
6680 return true;
6681 }
Douglas Gregor94da1582011-09-10 00:22:34 +00006682
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006683 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D);
6684 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var");
6685
Argyrios Kyrtzidisab411c82010-07-29 20:07:52 +00006686 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly)
6687 return false;
6688
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006689 // Structs that have non-trivial constructors or destructors are required.
6690
6691 // FIXME: Handle references.
Sean Hunt023df372011-05-09 18:22:59 +00006692 // FIXME: Be more selective about which constructors we care about.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006693 if (const RecordType *RT = VD->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
6694 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) {
Sean Hunt023df372011-05-09 18:22:59 +00006695 if (RD->hasDefinition() && !(RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() &&
6696 RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
6697 RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() &&
6698 RD->hasTrivialDestructor()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006699 return true;
6700 }
6701 }
6702
6703 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD);
6704 if (L == GVA_Internal || L == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) {
6705 if (!(VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this)))
6706 return false;
6707 }
6708
6709 return true;
6710}
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00006711
Charles Davisee743f92010-11-09 18:04:24 +00006712CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultMethodCallConv() {
6713 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
6714 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv();
6715}
6716
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00006717bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const {
Anders Carlssondae0cb52010-11-25 01:51:53 +00006718 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
6719 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD);
6720}
6721
Peter Collingbourne14110472011-01-13 18:57:25 +00006722MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() {
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +00006723 switch (Target->getCXXABI()) {
Peter Collingbourne14110472011-01-13 18:57:25 +00006724 case CXXABI_ARM:
6725 case CXXABI_Itanium:
6726 return createItaniumMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics());
6727 case CXXABI_Microsoft:
6728 return createMicrosoftMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics());
6729 }
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00006730 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI");
Peter Collingbourne14110472011-01-13 18:57:25 +00006731}
6732
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00006733CXXABI::~CXXABI() {}
Ted Kremenekba29bd22011-04-28 04:53:38 +00006734
6735size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const {
Ted Kremenek0c8cd1a2011-07-27 18:41:12 +00006736 return ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize()
6737 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCLayouts)
6738 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(KeyFunctions)
6739 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCImpls)
6740 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(BlockVarCopyInits)
6741 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(DeclAttrs)
6742 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember)
6743 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingDecl)
6744 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl)
6745 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl)
6746 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(OverriddenMethods)
6747 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(Types)
Francois Pichetaf0f4d02011-08-14 03:52:19 +00006748 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(VariableArrayTypes)
Francois Pichet0d95f0d2011-08-14 14:28:49 +00006749 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ClassScopeSpecializationPattern);
Ted Kremenekba29bd22011-04-28 04:53:38 +00006750}
Ted Kremenekd211cb72011-10-06 05:00:56 +00006751
Douglas Gregor9e8c92a2012-02-20 19:44:39 +00006752unsigned ASTContext::getLambdaManglingNumber(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator) {
6753 CXXRecordDecl *Lambda = CallOperator->getParent();
6754 return LambdaMangleContexts[Lambda->getDeclContext()]
6755 .getManglingNumber(CallOperator);
6756}
6757
6758
Ted Kremenekd211cb72011-10-06 05:00:56 +00006759void ASTContext::setParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D, unsigned int index) {
6760 ParamIndices[D] = index;
6761}
6762
6763unsigned ASTContext::getParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D) const {
6764 ParameterIndexTable::const_iterator I = ParamIndices.find(D);
6765 assert(I != ParamIndices.end() &&
6766 "ParmIndices lacks entry set by ParmVarDecl");
6767 return I->second;
6768}